Siemens FI 01 2011

3/2 Product overview

Transmitters for mounting in sensor
head
3/6 SITRANS TH100 two-wire system
(Pt100)
3/9 SITRANS TH200 two-wire system
universal
3/16 SITRANS TH300 two-wire system
universal, HART
3/23 SITRANS TH400 fieldbus transmitter
Transmitters for rail mounting
3/28 SITRANS TR200 two-wire system
universal
3/34 SITRANS TR300 two-wire system
universal, HART
3/40 SITRANS TW four-wire system
universal, HART
Transmitters for field mounting
3/52 SITRANS TF280 WirelessHART
3/57 SITRANS TF two-wire system
3/64 SITRANS TF fieldbus transmitter
Field indicator
3/57 SITRANS TF Field indicator for 4 to 20 mA
Resistance thermometers
3/70 Technical description
3/72 Protective tubes installation
3/74 Temperature transmitters for mounting
in the connection head
3/75 Questionnaire for temperature sensors
(resistance thermometers and thermo-
couples)
3/76 Flue gas resistance thermometers,
with connection head
Low-pressure screw-in resistance
thermometers, with connection head
3/77 - without neck tube
3/79 - with neck tube
3/80 High-pressure screw-in resistance
thermometers
3/81 High-pressure welding-type resistance
thermometer
Flange-type resistance thermometer
3/83 - with connection head
3/84 - with reduced response time, with
connection head
3/85 Resistance thermometers for
damp rooms
Resistance thermometers
(continued)
Accessories
3/86 - Measuring inserts, not explosion protected
3/88 - Measuring inserts, explosion protected
3/89 - Welding-type protective tubes,
neck tubes and connection heads
Thermocouples
3/91 Technical description
3/95 Temperature transmitters for mounting
in the connection head
3/96 Questionnaire for temperature sensors
(resistance thermometers and thermo-
couples)
Straight thermocouples
3/97 - to DIN 43733, with connection head
3/98 - Individual parts and accessories
Jacket thermocouples
3/100 - with extension lead
3/101 - with connection head, form B
3/102 - with socket
3/103 Individual parts
Resistance thermometers for
food, pharmaceuticals and
biotechnology
3/104 Resistance thermometers for
installation in pipelines and tanks
3/108 Resistance thermometers with
clamp-on system
You can download all instructions, cata-
logs and certificates for SITRANS T free
of charge at the following Internet ad-
dress:
www.siemens.com/sitranst
Temperature Measurement
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Product overview
3/2
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Overview

Application Mounting of transmitter with
Ex protection
Page Software for parameterization
Transmitter Sensor
Temperature transmitter for head mounting
SITRANS TH100
Transmitters for Pt100
Two-wire system
zone 2 and
zone 1
zone 2, zone 1
and zone 0
3/6 SIPROM T
SITRANS TH200
Transmitters for connection to
resistance thermometers, resis-
tance-based sensors, thermocou-
ples and DC voltages up to 1.1 V
Two-wire system
Universal
zone 2 and
zone 1
zone 2, zone 1
and zone 0
3/9 SIPROM T
SITRANS TH300
Transmitters for connection to
resistance thermometers, resis-
tance-based sensors, thermocou-
ples and DC voltages up to 1.1 V
Two-wire system
Universal
HART
zone 2 and
zone 1
zone 2, zone 1
and zone 0
3/16 SIMATIC PDM
SITRANS TH400
Transmitters for connection to
resistance thermometers, resis-
tance-based sensors, thermocou-
ples and DC voltages up to 0.9 V
Fieldbus transmitters
PROFIBUS PA
FOUNDATION fieldbus
zone 2, zone 1
and zone 21
zone 2, zone 1,
zone 0, zone
21, zone 20
3/23 SIMATIC PDM for TH 400 with
PROFIBUS PA
Temperature transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TR200
Transmitters for connection to
resistance thermometers, resis-
tance-based sensors, thermocou-
ples and DC voltages up to 1.1 V
Two-wire system
Universal
zone 2, zone 1
and zone 21
zone 2, zone 1,
zone 0, zone
21, zone 20
3/28 SIPROM T
SITRANS TR300
Transmitters for connection to
resistance thermometers, resis-
tance-based sensors, thermocou-
ples and DC voltages up to 1.1 V
Two-wire system
Universal
HART
zone 2, zone 1
and zone 21
zone 2, zone 1,
zone 0, zone
21, zone 20
3/34 SIMATIC PDM
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Product overview
3/3
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
SITRANS TW
Transmitters for connection to
resistance thermometers, resis-
tance-based sensors, thermocou-
ples, DC voltages and DC
currents for:
Four-wire system
Safe area zone 1, zone 0,
zone 21,
zone 20
3/40 SIMATIC PDM
Temperature transmitters for field mounting
SITRANS TF280
Transmitter for connection to resis-
tance-based sensor
In field enclosure for heavy in-
dustrial use
battery-operated
WirelessHART
- - 3/52 Local operation via buttons
SIMATIC PDM local with HART
modem and
wireless via WirelessHART
SITRANS TF
Transmitters for connection to
resistance thermometers, resis-
tance-based sensors, thermocou-
ples and DC voltages up to 1.1 V
In field enclosure for heavy in-
dustrial use
HART, Universal
Zone 2 and
zone 1
zone 2, zone 1
and zone 0
3/57 depending on the installed
TH200/TH300 transmitter
SITRANS TF
Fieldbus transmitters for connec-
tion to resistance thermometers,
resistance-based sensors, ther-
mocouples and DC voltages up to
0.8 V
In field enclosure for heavy in-
dustrial use
PROFIBUS PA
FOUNDATION fieldbus
Zone 2 and
zone 1
zone 2, zone 1
and zone 0
3/64 SIMATIC PDM for PROFIBUS PA
Field indicator for 4 to 20 mA signals
SITRANS TF
Field indicator for 4 to 20 mA sig-
nals
Display of units can be user-
defined
Zone 2 and
zone 1
- 3/57 --
Application Mounting of transmitter with
Ex protection
Page Software for parameterization
Transmitter Sensor
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Product overview
3/4
Siemens FI 01 2011
3

Measuring instrument Largest measuring range Page
Resistance thermometer

Temperature transmitters factory-installed in
connection head of a resistance thermome-
ter (selection list)
SITRANS TH400 PA or FF
SITRANS TH200/TH300
SITRANS TH100
3/74

Flue gas resistance thermometers -50 ... +600 C (-58 ... +1112 F) 3/76

Low-pressure screw-in resistance
thermometers
3/77
Without neck tube -50 ... +400 C (-58 ... +752 F)
With neck tube -50 ... +600 C (-58 ... +1112 F)
High-pressure screw-in resistance
thermometers
-50 ... +600 C (-58 ... +1112 F) 3/80
High-pressure welding-type resistance
thermometers
-50 ... 550 C (-58 ... +1022 F) 3/81

Flange-type resistance thermometers -50 ... +600 C (-58 ... +1112 F) 3/84
Resistance thermometers for damp rooms -30 ... +60 C (-22 ... +140 F) 3/85
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Product overview
3/5
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Thermocouples
Temperature transmitters factory-installed in
connection head of a thermocouple
(selection list)
SITRANS TH400 PA or FF
SITRANS TH200/TH300
3/95
Straight thermocouples 0 ... 1250 C (32 ... 2282 F) 3/97
Jacket thermocouples with extension lead 0 ... 1100 C (32 ... 2012 F) 3/100
Jacket thermocouples with connection head,
form B
0 ... 1100 C (32 ... 2012 F) 3/101
Jacket thermocouples with socket 0 ... 1100 C (32 ... 2012 F) 3/102
Resistance thermometers for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
Resistance thermometer
For installation in pipelines and tanks
For temperature measurements with hy-
gienic requirements
-50 ... +400 C (-58 ... +752 F) 3/104
Resistance thermometer with clamp-on sys-
tem
The temperature sensors with pipe collar are
primarily used for temperature monitoring in
sterile applications in the food and pharma-
ceutical industries.
-20 ... +160 C (-4 ... +320 F) 3/108
Measuring instrument Largest measuring range Page
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH100
two-wire system (Pt100)
3/6
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Overview

The SITRANS TH100 dispenses with electrical isolation and uni-
versal sensor connection to provide a low-cost alternative for
Pt100 measurements.
For the parameterization, the SIPROM T software is used in com-
bination with the modem for SITRANS TH100/TH200.
Its extremely compact design makes the SITRANS TH100 ideal
for the retrofitting of measuring points or for the use of analog
transmitters.
The transmitter is available as a non-Ex version as well as for use
in potentially explosive atmospheres.
Benefits
Two-wire transmitter
Assembly in connection head type B (DIN 43729) or larger, or
on a standard DIN rail
Can be programmed, which means that the sensor connec-
tion, measuring range, etc. can also be programmed
Intrinsically-safe version for use in potentially explosive areas
Application
Used in conjunction with Pt100 resistance thermometers, the
SITRANS TH100 transmitters are ideal for measuring tempera-
tures in all industries. Due to its compact size it can be installed
in the connection head type B (DIN 43729) or larger.
The output signal is a direct current from 4 to 20 mA that is pro-
portional to the temperature.
Parameterization is implemented over the PC using the parame-
terization software SIPROM T and the modem for
SITRANS TH100/TH200. If you already have a "modem for
SITRANS TK" (Order No. 7NG3190-6KB), you can continue us-
ing this to parameterize the SITRANS TH100.
Transmitters of the "intrinsically-safe" type of protection can be
installed within potentially explosive atmospheres. The devices
comply with the Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX), as well as FM and
CSA regulations.
Function
Mode of operation
The measured signal supplied by a Pt100 resistance thermome-
ter (2, 3 or 4-wire system) is amplified in the input stage. The volt-
age, which is proportional to the input variable, is then converted
into digital signals by a multiplexer in an analog/digital converter.
They are converted in the microcontroller in accordance with the
sensor characteristics and further parameters (measuring
range, damping, ambient temperature etc.).
The signal prepared in this way is converted in a digital/analog
converter into a load-independent direct current of 4 to 20 mA.
An EMC filter protects the input and output circuits against elec-
tromagnetic interferences.

SITRANS TH100, function diagram
Input
Pt100 Resistance thermometer
EMC_1 Input level with protective components
IC Constant current source
MUX Multiplexer
A/D Analog-digital converter
Output
D/A Digital-analog converter
U/I Voltage transformers, current
transformers, constant voltage
and reference voltage source
EMC_2 Output level with protective components
U
aux
Auxiliary power supply
I
out
Output current
Microcontroller
C Linearization functions and storage
of all data
A/D
D/A
U
aux
, I
out
6
5
3
4
EMC_1 Pt100
MUX
C
U
I
U
ref
EMC_2 4 ... 20 mA
U
ref
I
c
+
-
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH100
two-wire system (Pt100)
3/7
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Technical specifications

Selection and Ordering data Order No.

1)
Y01: Quote all details that deviate from the factory settings (see below).
C) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99.
Supply units see Chap. 8 "Supplementary Components".
Factory setting:
Pt100 (IEC 751) with 3-wire circuit
Measuring range: 0 100 C (32 212 C)
Error signal in the event of sensor breakage: 22.8 mA
Sensor offset: 0 C (0 F)
Damping 0.0 s
Input
Resistance thermometer
Measured variable Temperature
Sensor type PT100 to IEC 60751
Characteristic curve Temperature-linear
Type of connection 2-, 3- or 4-wire circuit
Resolution 14 bit
Measuring accuracy
Span <250 C (450 F) < 0.25 C (0.45 F)
Span >250 C (450 F) < 0.1 % of span
Repeatability < 0.1 C (0.18 F)
Measuring current approx. 0.4 mA
Measuring cycle < 0.7 s
Measuring range -200 ... +850 C
-328 ... +1562 F)
Measuring span 25 ... 1050 C (77 ... 1922 F)
Unit C or F
Offset programmable:
-100 ... +100 C (-180 ... +180 F)
Line resistance Max. 20 (total from feeder and
return conductor)
Noise rejection 50 and 60 Hz
Output
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA, two-wire
Auxiliary power 8.5 ... 36 V DC (30 V for Ex)
Max. load (U
aux
- 8.5 V)/0.023 A
Overrange 3.6 ... 23 mA, infinitely adjustable
(default range: 3.84 ... 20.5 mA)
Error signal (following sensor fault)
(conforming to NE43)
3.6 ... 23 mA, infinitely adjustable
(default range: 3.6 mA or 22.8
mA)
Damping time 0 ... 30 s (default value: 0 s)
Protection Against reversed polarity
Resolution 12 bit
Accuracy at 23 C (73.4 F) < 0.1 % of span
Temperature effect < 0.1 %/10 C (0.1 %/18 F)
Effect of auxiliary power < 0.01 % of span/V
Effect of load impedance < 0.025 % of max. span/100
Long-term drift < 0.025 % of the max. span in
the first month
< 0.035 % of the max. span after
one year
< 0.05 % of the max. span after
5 years
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature range -40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
Storage temperature range -40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
Relative humidity 98 %, with condensation
Electromagnetic compatibility According to EN 61326 and
NAMUR NE21
Construction
Weight 50 g
Dimensions See dimensional drawing
Material Molded plastic
Cross-section of cables Max. 2.5 mm
2
(AWG 13)
Degree of protection to IEC 60529
Enclosure IP40
Terminals IP00
Certificates and approvals
Explosion protection ATEX
EC type test certificate PTB 05 ATEX 2049X
"Intrinsic gas safety" type of pro-
tection
II 1 G Ex ia IIC T6/T4 Ga
II (1) 2 G Ex ib [ia Ga] IIC T6/T4 Gb
II (1) 3 G Ex ic [ia Ga] IIC T6/T4 Gc
II 3 G Ex ic IIC T6/T4 Gc
"Non-sparking" type of protection II 3 G Ex nA IIC T6/T4 Gc
II 3 G Ex nA[ic] IIC T6/T4 Gc
"Intrinsic dust safety" type of pro-
tection
II 1 D Ex ia IIIC T115 C Da
Explosion protection FM for USA
and Canada (
c
FM
US
)
FM approval PID 3024169
Degree of protection IS Cl I, II, III, Div 1, GP ABCDEFG
T4/T5/T6
Cl I, ZN 0,1 AEx ia IIC T4/T5/T6
NI Cl I, II, III, Div 2, GP ABCDFG
T4/T5/T6
Cl I, ZN 2, NI IIC T4/T5/T6
Other certificates GOST
Software requirements for
SIPROM T
PC operating system Windows ME, 2000 and XP; also
Windows 95, 98 and 98SE, but
only in connection with RS 232
modem.
SITRANS TH100 temperature transmitters
for Pt100
for installation in connection head, type B
(DIN 43729), two-wire system, 4 ... 20 mA,
programmable, without electrical isolation
Without explosion protection } C) 7NG3211-0NN00
with explosion protection "Intrinsic safety"
type of protection and for zone 2
- to ATEX } C) 7NG3211-0AN00
- to FM (
c
FM
US
) } C) 7NG3211-0BN00
Further designs Order code
Add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order code(s)
Customer-specific operating data Y01
1)
Test report (5 measuring points) C11
Accessories Order No.
Modem for SITRANS TH100, TH200 and
TR200 incl. SIPROM T parameterization soft-
ware
With USB connection
} 7NG3092-8KU
CD for meas. instruments for temperature } A5E00364512
With documentation in German, English,
French, Spanish, Italian, Portuguese and
SIPROM T parameterization software
DIN rail adapters for head transmitters
(Quantity delivered: 5 units)
} 7NG3092-8KA
Connecting cable
4-wire, 150 mm, for sensor connections when
using head transmitters in the high hinged
cover (set with 5 units)
7NG3092-8KC
} Available ex stock.
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH100
two-wire system (Pt100)
3/8
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Dimensional drawings

SITRANS TH100, dimensions in mm (inch)

SITRANS TH100, mounting of transmitter on DIN rail

DIN rail adaptor, dimensions in mm (inch)
Schematics

SITRANS TH100, sensor connection assignment
1(+) and 2(-) Auxiliary power supply U
aux
, output current I
Out
3, 4, 5 and 6 Pt100 sensor (for connection, see
Sensor connection assignment)
Internal diameter
Center hole 6.3 (0.25)
Mounting screw
M4x25
33 (1.3)
2
0
,
8

(
0
.
8
2
)
44 (1.73)
50,5 (1.99)
5
9
,
6

(
2
.
3
5
)
33 (1.30)
14 (0.55)
Four-wire system
Three-wire system Two-wire system
(parameterizable line
resistance)
Connection of auxiliary
power supply (U
aux
)
+ -
U
aux
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH200
two-wire system, universal
3/9
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Overview

Ultra flexible - with the universal SITRANS TH200 transmitter
Two-wire devices for 4 to 20 mA
Mounting in the connection head of the temperature sensor
Universal input for virtually any type of temperature sensor
Configurable over PC
Benefits
Compact design
Flexible mounting and center hole allow you to select your pre-
ferred type of installation
Electrically isolated
Test sockets for multimeters
Diagnostics LED (green/red)
Sensor monitoring
open circuits and short-circuits
Self-monitoring
Configuration status stored in EEPROM
SIL2 (with order code C20), SIL2/3 (with C23)
Expanded diagnostic functions, such as slave pointer, operat-
ing hours counter, etc.
Special characteristic
Electromagnetic compatibility to EN 61326 and NE21
Application
SITRANS TH200 transmitters can be used in all industrial sec-
tors. Due to their compact size they can be installed in the con-
nection head type B (DIN 43729) or larger. The following sen-
sors/signal sources can be connected over their universal input
module:
Resistance thermometers (2, 3 or 4-wire system)
Thermocouples
Resistance-based sensors and DC voltage sources
The output signal is a direct current from 4 to 20 mA in accor-
dance with the sensor characteristic.
Transmitters of the "intrinsically safe" type of protection can be in-
stalled within potentially explosive atmospheres. The devices
comply with the Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX), as well as FM and
CSA regulations.
Function
The SITRANS TH200 is configured over a PC. A USB or RS 232
modem is linked to the output terminals for this purpose. The
configuration data can now be edited using the SIPROM T soft-
ware tool. The configuration data are then permanently stored in
the non-volatile memory (EEPROM).
Once the sensors and power supply have been correctly con-
nected, the transmitter outputs a temperature-linear output sig-
nal and the diagnostics LED displays a green light. In the case
of a sensor short-circuit, the LED flashes red, an internal device
fault is indicated by a steady red light.
The test socket can be used to connect an ammeter at any time
for monitoring purposes and plausibility checks. The output cur-
rent can be read without any interruption, or even without open-
ing the current loop.

SITRANS TH200 function diagram
Input
A/D Analog-digital converter
Sensors Resistance thermometer, thermocouple,
resistance-based sensor, mV sensor
C1 Microcontroller, secondary circuit
Output
C2 Microcontroller, primary circuit
D/A Digital-analog converter
U
aux
Auxiliary power supply
I
out
Output current
(1) Electrically isolated
(2) LED
TC/RTD
sensor
(2)
+1
-2
(1)
mC1 mC2
Test
4 ... 20 mA U
aux
, I
out
SITRANS TH200/TH300
D
A
A
D
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH200
two-wire system, universal
3/10
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Technical specifications

Input
Resistance thermometer
Measured variable Temperature
Sensor type
to IEC 60751 Pt25 Pt1000
To JIS C 1604; a = 0.00392 K
-1
Pt25 Pt1000
to IEC 60751 Ni25 Ni1000
Special type over special characteristic (max.
30 points)
Sensor factor 0.25 ... 10 (adaptation of the
basic type, e.g. Pt100 to version
Pt25 ... 1000)
Units C or F
Connection
Standard connection 1 resistance thermometer (RTD)
in 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire system
Generation of average value 2 identical resistance thermome-
ters in 2-wire system for genera-
tion of average temperature
Generation of difference 2 identical resistance thermome-
ters (RTD) in 2-wire system
(RTD 1 RTD 2 or RTD 2 RTD 1)
Interface
Two-wire system Parameterizable line resistance
100 (loop resistance)
Three-wire system No balancing required
Four-wire system No balancing required
Sensor current 0.45 mA
Response time 250 ms for 1 sensor with open-
circuit monitoring
Open-circuit monitoring Always active (cannot be dis-
abled)
Short-circuit monitoring can be switched on/off (default
value: ON)
Measuring range parameterizable (see table "Digi-
tal measuring errors")
Min. measured span 10 C (18 F)
Characteristic curve Temperature-linear or special
characteristic
Resistance-based sensors
Measured variable Actual resistance
Sensor type Resistance-based, potentiome-
ters
Units
Connection
Normal connection 1 resistance-based sensor (R) in
2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire system
Generation of average value 2 resistance-based sensors in
2-wire system for generation of
average value
Generation of difference 2 resistance thermometers in
2-wire system
(R1 R2 or R2 R1)
Interface
Two-wire system Parameterizable line resistance
100 (loop resistance)
Three-wire system No balancing required
Four-wire system No balancing required
Sensor current 0.45 mA
Response time 250 ms for 1 sensor with open-
circuit monitoring
Open-circuit monitoring Always active (cannot be dis-
abled)
Short-circuit monitoring can be switched on/off (default
value: OFF)
Measuring range parameterizable max. 0 ... 2200
(see table "Digital measuring
errors")
Min. measured span 5 ... 25 (see Table "Digital
measuring errors")
Characteristic curve Resistance-linear or special char-
acteristic
Thermocouples
Measured variable Temperature
Sensor type (thermocouples)
Type B Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh to DIN IEC 584
Type C W5 %-Re acc. to ASTM 988
Type D W3 %-Re acc. to ASTM 988
Type E NiCr-CuNi to DIN IEC 584
Type J Fe-CuNi to DIN IEC 584
Type K NiCr-Ni to DIN IEC 584
Type L Fe-CuNi to DIN 43710
Type N NiCrSi-NiSi to DIN IEC 584
Type R Pt13Rh-Pt to DIN IEC 584
Type S Pt10Rh-Pt to DIN IEC 584
Type T Cu-CuNi to DIN IEC 584
Type U Cu-CuNi to DIN 43710
Units C or F
Connection
Standard connection 1 thermocouple (TC)
Generation of average value 2 thermocouples (TC)
Generation of difference 2 thermocouples (TC) (TC1 TC2
or TC2 TC1)
Response time 250 ms for 1 sensor with open-
circuit monitoring
Open-circuit monitoring Can be switched off
Cold junction compensation
Internal With integrated Pt100 resistance
thermometer
External With external Pt100 IEC 60571
(2-wire or 3-wire connection)
External fixed Cold junction temperature can be
set as fixed value
Measuring range Parameterizable (see table "Digi-
tal measuring errors")
Min. measured span Min. 40 ... 100 C (72 ... 180 F)
(see table "Digital measuring
errors")
Characteristic curve Temperature-linear or special
characteristic
mV sensor
Measured variable DC voltage
Sensor type DC voltage source (DC voltage
source possible over an exter-
nally connected resistor)
Units mV
Response time 250 ms for 1 sensor with open-
circuit monitoring
Open-circuit monitoring Can be switched off
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH200
two-wire system, universal
3/11
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Factory setting:
Pt100 (IEC 751) with 3-wire circuit
Measuring range: 0 ... 100 C (32 ... 212 F)
Fault current: 22.8 mA
Sensor offset: 0 C (0 F)
Damping 0.0 s
Measuring range -10 ... +70 mV
-100 +1100 mV
Min. measured span 2 mV or 20 mV
Overload capability of the input -1.5 ... +3.5 V DC
Input resistance 1 M
Characteristic curve Voltage-linear or special charac-
teristic
Output
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA, 2-wire
Auxiliary power 11 ... 35 V DC (to 30 V with Ex)
Max. load (U
aux
11 V)/0.023 A
Overrange 3.6 ... 23 mA, infinitely adjustable
(default range: 3.80 mA ... 20.5
mA)
Error signal (e.g. following sensor
fault) (conforming to NE43)
3.6 ... 23 mA, infinitely adjustable
(default value: 22.8 mA)
Sample cycle 0.25 s nominal
Damping Software filter 1st order 0 ... 30 s
(parameterizable)
Protection Against reversed polarity
Electrically isolated Input against output (1 kV
eff
)
Measuring accuracy
Digital measuring errors See table "Digital measuring
errors"
Reference conditions
Auxiliary power 24 V 1 %
Load 500
Ambient temperature 23 C
Warming-up time > 5 min
Error in the analog output (digi-
tal/analog converter)
< 0.025 % of span
Error due to internal cold junction < 0.5 C (0.9 F)
Influence of ambient temperature
Analog measuring error 0.02 % of span/10C (18 F)
Digital measuring errors
- with resistance thermometers 0.06 C (0.11 F)/10C (18 F)
- with thermocouples 0.6 C (1.1 F)/10C (18 F)
Auxiliary power effect < 0.001 % of span/V
Effect of load impedance < 0.002 % of span/100
Long-term drift
In the first month < 0.02 % of span
After one year < 0.2 % of span
After 5 years < 0.3 % of span
Conditions of use
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature range -40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
Storage temperature range -40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
Relative humidity < 98 %, with condensation
Electromagnetic compatibility acc. to EN 61326 and NE21
Construction
Material Molded plastic
Weight 50 g (0.11 lb)
Dimensions See "Dimensional drawings"
Cross-section of cables Max. 2.5 mm (AWG 13)
Degree of protection to IEC 60529
Enclosure IP40
Terminals IP00
Certificates and approvals
Explosion protection ATEX
EC type test certificate PTB 05 ATEX 2040X
"Intrinsic safety" type of protection II 1 G Ex ia IIC T6/T4
II 2 (1) G Ex ia/ib IIC T6/T4
II 3(1) G Ex ia/ic IIC T6/T4
II 1D Ex iaD 20 T115 C
"Operating equipment that is non-
ignitable and has limited energy"
type of protection
II 3 G Ex nL IIC T6/T4
II 3 G Ex nA IIC T6/T4
Explosion protection: FM for USA
FM approval FM 3024169
Degree of protection IS / Cl I, II, III / Div 1 / GP
ABCDEFG T6, T5, T4
Cl I / ZN 0 / AEx ia IIC T6, T5, T4
NI / Cl I / Div 2 / GP ABCDFG T6,
T5, T4
NI / Cl I / ZN 2 / IIC T6, T5, T4
Explosion protection to FM for Can-
ada (
c
FM
US
)
FM approval FM 3024169C
Degree of protection IS / Cl I, II, III / Div 1/ GP
ABCDEFG T6, T5, T4
NI / Cl I / DIV 2 / GP ABCD T6, T5,
T4
NIFW / Cl I, II, III / DIV 2 / GP
ABCDFG T6, T5, T4
DIP / Cl II, III / Div 2 / GP FG T6,
T5, T4
Cl I / ZN 0 / Ex ia IIC T6, T5, T4
Cl I / ZN 2 / Ex nA nL IIC T6, T5,
T4
Other certificates GOST
Software requirements for
SIPROM T
PC operating system Windows ME, 2000 and XP; also
Windows 95, 98 and 98 SE, but
only in connection with RS 232
modem.
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH200
two-wire system, universal
3/12
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Digital measuring errors
Resistance thermometer

Resistance-based sensors

Thermocouples

1)
The digital accuracy in the range 0 to 300 C (32 to 572 F) is 3 C (5.4 F).
2)
The digital accuracy in the range 1750 to 2300 C (3182 to 4172 F) is 2 C
(3.6 F).
mV sensor

The digital accuracy is the accuracy after the analog/digital con-
version including linearization and calculation of the measured
value.
An additional error is generated in the output current 4 to 20 mA
as a result of the digital/analog conversion of 0.025 % of the set
span (digital-analog error).
The total error under reference conditions at the analog output is
the sum from the digital error and the digital-analog error (poss.
with the addition of cold junction errors in the case of thermocou-
ple measurements).
Input Measuring range Min. mea-
sured span
Digital accu-
racy
C / (F) C (F) C (F)
to IEC 60751
Pt25 -200 ... +850
(-328 ... +1562)
10 (18) 0,3 (0.54)
Pt50 -200 ... +850
(-328 ... +1562)
10 (18) 0,15 (0.27)
Pt100 ... Pt200 -200 ... +850
(-328 ... +1562)
10 (18) 0,1 (0.18)
Pt500 -200 ... +850
(-328 ... +1562)
10 (18) 0,15 (0.27)
Pt1000 -200 ... +350
(-328 ... +662)
10 (18) 0,15 (0.27)
to JIS C1604-81
Pt25 -200 ... +649
(-328 ... +1200)
10 (18) 0,3 (0.54)
Pt50 -200 ... +649
(-328 ... +1200)
10 (18) 0,15 (0.27)
Pt100 ... Pt200 -200 ... +649
(-328 ... +1200)
10 (18) 0,1 (0.18)
Pt500 -200 ... +649
(-328 ... +1200)
10 (18) 0,15 (0.27)
Pt1000 -200 ... +350
(-328 ... +662)
10 (18) 0,15 (0.27)
Ni 25 ... Ni1000 -60 ... +250
(-76 ... +482)
10 (18) 0,1 (0.18)
Input Measuring range Min. mea-
sured span
Digital accu-
racy

Resistance 0 ... 390 5 0,05
Resistance 0 ... 2200 25 0,25
Input Measuring range Min. mea-
sured span
Digi-
tal
accu-
racy
C/(F) C (F) C (F)
Type B 0 ... 1820
(32 ... 3308)
100 (180) 2
1)
(3.60)
1)
Type C (W5) 0 ... 2300
(32 ... 4172)
100 (180) 2 (3.60)
Type D (W3) 0 ... 2300
(32 ... 4172)
100 (180) 1
2)
(1.80)
2)
Type E -200 ... +1000
(-328 ... +1832)
50 (90) 1 (1.80)
Type J -210 ... +1200
(-346 ... +2192)
50 (90) 1 (1.80)
Type K -230 ... +1370
(-382 ... +2498)
50 (90) 1 (1.80)
Type L -200 ... +900
(-328 ... +1652)
50 (90) 1 (1.80)
Type N -200 ... +1300
(-328 ... +2372)
50 (90) 1 (1.80)
Type R -50 ... +1760
(-58 ... +3200)
100 (180) 2 (3.60)
Type S -50 ... +1760
(-58 ... +3200)
100 (180) 2 (3.60)
Type T -200 ... +400
(-328 ... +752)
40 (72) 1 (1.80)
Type U -200 ... +600
(-328 ... +1112)
50 (90) 2 (3.60)
Input Measuring
range
Min. measured
span
Digital accu-
racy
mV mV V
mV sensor -10 ... +70 2 40
mV sensor -100 ... +1100 20 400
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH200
two-wire system, universal
3/13
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Selection and Ordering data Order No.

1)
Y01: Quote all details that deviate from the factory settings (see below).
C) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99.
Supply units see Chap. 8 "Supplementary Components".
Factory setting:
Pt100 (IEC 751) with 3-wire circuit
Measuring range: 0 100 C (32 212 F)
Fault current: 22.8 mA
Sensor offset: 0 C (0 F)
Damping 0.0 s
Temperature transmitter SITRANS TH200
for installation in connection head, type B
(DIN 43729), two-wire system, 4 ... 20 mA,
programmable, with electrical isolation
Without explosion protection } C) 7NG3211-1NN00
With explosion protection
- to ATEX } C) 7NG3211-1AN00
- to FM (
c
FM
US
) } C) 7NG3211-1BN00
Further designs Order code
Add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order code(s)
Customer-specific setting of operating data
(specify operating data in plain text)
Y01
1)
with test protocol (5 measuring points) C11
Functional safety SIL2 C20
Functional safety SIL2/3 C23
Accessories Order No.
Modem for SITRANS TH100, TH200 and
TR200 incl. SIPROM T parameterization
software
With USB connection
} 7NG3092-8KU
CD for measuring instruments for
temperature
With documentation in German, English,
French, Spanish, Italian, Portuguese and
SIPROM T parameterization software
} A5E00364512
DIN rail adapters for head transmitters
(Quantity delivered: 5 units)
} 7NG3092-8KA
Connecting cable
4-wire, 150 mm, for sensor connections when
using head transmitters in the high hinged
cover (set with 5 units)
7NG3092-8KC
} Available ex stock.
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH200
two-wire system, universal
3/14
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Dimensional drawings

SITRANS TH200, dimensions and pin assignment, dimensions
in mm (inch)

SITRANS TH200, mounting of transmitter on DIN rail

DIN rail adapter, dimensions in mm (inch)
1(+) and 2(-) Auxiliary power supply U
aux
, output current I
Out
3, 4, 5 and 6 Pt100 sensor (for connections, see Sensor
connection assignment)
Test (+), Test (-) Measurement of the output current with a multimeter
(1) Test terminal
(2) Mounting screw M4x30
(3) LED for operation indication
(4) Internal diameter of center hole 6.3 (0.25)
2
6
,
3

(
1
.
0
4
)
(1)
(1)
(3)
(2)
(2)
44 (1.73)
33 (1.30)
(4)
M4 x 30
50,5 (1.99)
5
9
,
6

(
2
.
3
5
)
33 (1.30)
14 (0.55)
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH200
two-wire system, universal
3/15
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Schematics

SITRANS TH200, sensor connection assignment
Resistance thermometer Resistance Thermocouple
Current measurement Voltage measurement
Connection of auxiliary
power supply (U
aux
)
Two-wire system
1)
Three-wire system
Four-wire system
Generation of average
value / difference
1)
Two-wire system
1)
Three-wire system
Four-wire system
Generation of average
value / difference
1)
Cold junction compensation
Internal/fixed value
Cold junction compensation with
external Pt100 in two-wire system
1)
Cold junction compensation with
external Pt100 in three-wire system
Generation of average value / difference
with internal cold junction compensation
1)
Programmable line resistance for the purpose of correction.
U
aux
+ -
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH300
two-wire system, universal, HART
3/16
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Overview

"HART" to beat - the universal SITRANS TH300 transmitter
Two-wire devices for 4 to 20 mA, HART
Mounting in the connection head of the temperature sensor
Universal input for virtually any type of temperature sensor
Configurable over HART
Benefits
Compact design
Flexible mounting and center hole allow you to select your pre-
ferred type of installation
Electrically isolated
Test sockets for multimeters
Diagnostics LED (green/red)
Sensor monitoring
open circuits and short-circuits
Self-monitoring
Configuration status stored in EEPROM
SIL2 (with order code C20), SIL2/3 (with C23)
Expanded diagnostic functions, such as slave pointer, operat-
ing hours counter, etc.
Special characteristic
Electromagnetic compatibility to EN 61326 and NE21
Application
SITRANS TH300 transmitters can be used in all industrial sec-
tors. Due to their compact size they can be installed in the con-
nection head type B (DIN 43729) or larger. The following sen-
sors/signal sources can be connected over their universal input
module:
Resistance thermometers (2, 3 or 4-wire system)
Thermocouples
Resistance-based sensors and DC voltage sources
The output signal is a direct current from 4 to 20 mA in accor-
dance with the sensor characteristic, superimposed by the dig-
ital HART signal.
Transmitters of the "intrinsically safe" type of protection can be in-
stalled within potentially explosive atmospheres. The devices
comply with the Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX), as well as FM and
CSA regulations.
Function
The SITRANS TH300 is configured over HART. This can be done
using a handheld communicator or even more conveniently with
a HART modem and the SIMATIC PDM parameterization soft-
ware. The configuration data are then permanently stored in the
non-volatile memory (EEPROM).
Once the sensors and power supply have been correctly con-
nected, the transmitter outputs a temperature-linear output sig-
nal and the diagnostics LED displays a green light. In the case
of a sensor short-circuit, the LED flashes red, an internal device
fault is indicated by a steady red light.
The test socket can be used to connect an ammeter at any time
for monitoring purposes and plausibility checks. The output cur-
rent can be read without any interruption, or even without open-
ing the current loop.

SITRANS TH 300 function diagram
Input
A/D Analog-digital converter
Sensors Resistance thermometer, thermocouple,
resistance-based sensor, mV sensor
C1 Microcontroller, secondary circuit
Output
C2 Microcontroller, primary circuit
D/A Digital-analog converter
U
aux
Auxiliary power supply
I
out
Output current
(1) Electrically isolated
(2) LED
TC/RTD
sensor
(2)
+1
-2
(1)
mC1 mC2
Test
4 ... 20 mA U
aux
, I
out
SITRANS TH200/TH300
D
A
A
D
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH300
two-wire system, universal, HART
3/17
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Technical specifications

Input
Resistance thermometer
Measured variable Temperature
Sensor type
to IEC 60751 Pt25 Pt1000
To JIS C 1604; a = 0.00392 K
-1
Pt25 Pt1000
to IEC 60751 Ni25 Ni1000
Special type over special characteristic (max.
30 points)
Sensor factor 0.25 ... 10 (adaptation of the
basic type, e.g. Pt100 to version
Pt25 ... 1000)
Units C or F
Connection
Standard connection 1 resistance thermometer (RTD)
in 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire system
Generation of average value 2 identical resistance thermome-
ters in 2-wire system for genera-
tion of average temperature
Generation of difference 2 identical resistance thermome-
ters (RTD) in 2-wire system
(RTD 1 RTD 2 or RTD 2 RTD 1)
Interface
Two-wire system Parameterizable line resistance
100 (loop resistance)
Three-wire system No balancing required
Four-wire system No balancing required
Sensor current 0.45 mA
Response time 250 ms for 1 sensor with open-
circuit monitoring
Open-circuit monitoring Always active (cannot be dis-
abled)
Short-circuit monitoring can be switched on/off (default
value: ON)
Measuring range parameterizable (see table "Digi-
tal measuring errors")
Min. measured span 10 C (18 F)
Characteristic curve Temperature-linear or special
characteristic
Resistance-based sensors
Measured variable Actual resistance
Sensor type Resistance-based, potentiome-
ters
Units
Connection
Normal connection 1 resistance-based sensor (R) in
2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire system
Generation of average value 2 resistance-based sensors in
2-wire system for generation of
average value
Generation of difference 2 resistance thermometers in 2-
wire system
(R1 R2 or R2 R1)
Interface
Two-wire system Parameterizable line resistance
100 (loop resistance)
Three-wire system No balancing required
Four-wire system No balancing required
Sensor current 0.45 mA
Response time 250 ms for 1 sensor with open-
circuit monitoring
Open-circuit monitoring Always active (cannot be dis-
abled)
Short-circuit monitoring can be switched on/off (default
value: OFF)
Measuring range parameterizable max. 0 ... 2200
(see table "Digital measuring
errors")
Min. measured span 5 ... 25 (see table "Digital mea-
suring errors")
Characteristic curve Resistance-linear or special char-
acteristic
Thermocouples
Measured variable Temperature
Sensor type (thermocouples)
Type B Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh to DIN IEC 584
Type C W5 %-Re acc. to ASTM 988
Type D W3 %-Re acc. to ASTM 988
Type E NiCr-CuNi to DIN IEC 584
Type J Fe-CuNi to DIN IEC 584
Type K NiCr-Ni to DIN IEC 584
Type L Fe-CuNi to DIN 43710
Type N NiCrSi-NiSi to DIN IEC 584
Type R Pt13Rh-Pt to DIN IEC 584
Type S Pt10Rh-Pt to DIN IEC 584
Type T Cu-CuNi to DIN IEC 584
Type U Cu-CuNi to DIN 43710
Units C or F
Connection
Standard connection 1 thermocouple (TC)
Generation of average value 2 thermocouples (TC)
Generation of difference 2 thermocouples (TC) (TC1 TC2
or TC2 TC1)
Response time 250 ms for 1 sensor with open-
circuit monitoring
Open-circuit monitoring can be switched off
Cold junction compensation
Internal With integrated Pt100 resistance
thermometer
External With external Pt100 IEC 60571
(2-wire or 3-wire connection)
External fixed Cold junction temperature can be
set as fixed value
Measuring range parameterizable (see table "Digi-
tal measuring errors")
Min. measured span Min. 40 ... 100 C (72 ... 180 F)
(see table "Digital measuring
errors")
Characteristic curve Temperature-linear or special
characteristic
mV sensor
Measured variable DC voltage
Sensor type DC voltage source (DC voltage
source possible over an exter-
nally connected resistor)
Units mV
Response time 250 ms for 1 sensor with open-
circuit monitoring
Open-circuit monitoring Can be switched off
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH300
two-wire system, universal, HART
3/18
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Factory setting:
Pt100 (IEC 751) with 3-wire circuit
Measuring range: 0 ... 100 C (32 ... 212 F)
Fault current: 22.8 mA
Sensor offset: 0 C (0 F)
Damping 0.0 s
Measuring range -10 ... +70 mV
-100 +1100 mV
Min. measured span 2 mV or 20 mV
Overload capability of the input -1.5 ... +3.5 V DC
Input resistance 1 M
Characteristic curve Voltage-linear or special charac-
teristic
Output
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA, 2-wire with communi-
cation acc. to HART Rev. 5.9
Auxiliary power 11 ... 35 V DC (to 30 V with Ex)
Max. load (U
aux
11 V)/0.023 A
Overrange 3.6 ... 23 mA, infinitely adjustable
(default range: 3.80 mA ...
20.5 mA)
Error signal (e.g. following sensor
fault)
(conforming to NE43)
3.6 ... 23 mA, infinitely adjustable
(default value: 22.8 mA)
Sample cycle 0.25 s nominal
Damping Software filter 1st order 0 ... 30 s
(parameterizable)
Protection Against reversed polarity
Electrically isolated Input against output (1 kV
eff
)
Measuring accuracy
Digital measuring errors See Table "Digital measuring
errors"
Reference conditions
Auxiliary power 24 V 1 %
Load 500
Ambient temperature 23 C
Warming-up time > 5 min
Error in the analog output (digi-
tal/analog converter)
< 0.025 % of span
Error due to internal cold junction < 0.5 C (0.9 F)
Influence of ambient temperature
Analog measuring error 0.02 % of span/10C (18 F)
Digital measuring errors
- with resistance thermometers 0.06 C (0.11 F)/10C (18 F)
- with thermocouples 0.6 C (1.1 F)/10C (18 F)
Auxiliary power effect < 0.001 % of span/V
Effect of load impedance < 0.002 % of span/100
Long-term drift
In the first month < 0.02 % of span
After one year < 0.2 % of span
After 5 years < 0.3 % of span
Conditions of use
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature range -40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
Storage temperature range -40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
Relative humidity < 98 %, with condensation
Electromagnetic compatibility acc. to EN 61326 and NE21
Construction
Material Molded plastic
Weight 50 g (0.11 lb)
Dimensions See "Dimensional drawings"
Cross-section of cables Max. 2.5 mm (AWG 13)
Degree of protection to IEC 60529
Enclosure IP40
Terminals IP00
Certificates and approvals
Explosion protection ATEX
EC type test certificate PTB 05 ATEX 2040X
"Intrinsic safety" type of protection II 1 G Ex ia IIC T6/T4
II 2 (1) G Ex ia/ib IIC T6/T4
II 3(1) G Ex ia/ic IIC T6/T4
II 1D Ex iaD 20 T115 C
"Operating equipment that is non-
ignitable and has limited energy"
type of protection
II 3 G Ex nL IIC T6/T4
II 3 G Ex nA IIC T6/T4
Explosion protection: FM for USA
FM approval FM 3024169
Degree of protection IS / Cl I, II, III / Div 1 / GP
ABCDEFG T6, T5, T4
Cl I / ZN 0 / AEx ia IIC T6, T5, T4
NI / Cl I / Div 2 / GP ABCDFG T6,
T5, T4
NI / Cl I / ZN 2 / IIC T6, T5, T4
Explosion protection to FM for Can-
ada (
c
FM
US
)
FM approval FM 3024169C
Degree of protection IS / Cl I, II, III / Div 1/ GP
ABCDEFG T6, T5, T4
NI / Cl I / DIV 2 / GP ABCD T6, T5,
T4
NIFW / Cl I, II, III / DIV 2 / GP
ABCDFG T6, T5, T4
DIP / Cl II, III / Div 2 / GP FG T6,
T5, T4
Cl I / ZN 0 / Ex ia IIC T6, T5, T4
Cl I / ZN 2 / Ex nA nL IIC T6, T5,
T4
Other certificates GOST
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH300
two-wire system, universal, HART
3/19
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Digital measuring errors
Resistance thermometer

Resistance-based sensors

Thermocouples

1)
The digital accuracy in the range 0 to 300 C (32 to 572 F) is 3 C (5.4 F).
2)
The digital accuracy in the range 1750 to 2300 (3182 to 4172 F) is 2 C
(3.6 F).
mV sensor

The digital accuracy is the accuracy after the analog/digital con-
version including linearization and calculation of the measured
value.
An additional error is generated in the output current 4 to 20 mA
as a result of the digital/analog conversion of 0.025 % of the set
span (digital-analog error).
The total error under reference conditions at the analog output is
the sum from the digital error and the digital-analog error (poss.
with the addition of cold junction errors in the case of thermocou-
ple measurements).
Input Measuring range Min. mea-
sured span
Digital accu-
racy
C/(F) C (F) C (F)
to IEC 60751
Pt25 -200 ... +850
(-328 ... +1562)
10 (18) 0,3 (0.54)
Pt50 -200 ... +850
(-328 ... +1562)
10 (18) 0,15 (0.27)
Pt100 ... Pt200 -200 ... +850
(-328 ... +1562)
10 (18) 0,1 (0.18)
Pt500 -200 ... +850
(-328 ... +1562)
10 (18) 0,15 (0.27)
Pt1000 -200 ... +350
(-328 ... +662)
10 (18) 0,15 (0.27)
to JIS C1604-81
Pt25 -200 ... +649
(-328 ... +1200)
10 (18) 0,3 (0.54)
Pt50 -200 ... +649
(-328 ... +1200)
10 (18) 0,15 (0.27)
Pt100 ... Pt200 -200 ... +649
(-328 ... +1200)
10 (18) 0,1 (0.18)
Pt500 -200 ... +649
(-328 ... +1200)
10 (18) 0,15 (0.27)
Pt1000 -200 ... +350
(-328 ... +662)
10 (18) 0,15 (0.27)
Ni 25 to Ni1000 -60 ... +250
(-76 ... +482)
10 (18) 0,1 (0.18)
Input Measuring range Min. mea-
sured span
Digital accu-
racy

Resistance 0 ... 390 5 0,05
Resistance 0 ... 2200 25 0,25
Input Measuring range Min. mea-
sured span
Digital accu-
racy
C/(F) C (F) C (F)
Type B 0 ... 1820
(32 ... 3308)
100 (180) 2
1)
(3.60)
1)
Type C (W5) 0 ... 2300
(32 ... 4172)
100 (180) 2 (3.60)
Type D (W3) 0 ... 2300
(32 ... 4172)
100 (180) 1
2)
(1.80)
2)
Type E -200 ... +1000
(-328 ... +1832)
50 (90) 1 (1.80)
Type J -210 ... +1200
(-346 ... +2192)
50 (90) 1 (1.80)
Type K -230 ... +1370
(-382 ... +2498)
50 (90) 1 (1.80)
Type L -200 ... +900
(-328 ... +1652)
50 (90) 1 (1.80)
Type N -200 ... +1300
(-328 ... +2372)
50 (90) 1 (1.80)
Type R -50 ... +1760
(-58 ... +3200)
100 (180) 2 (3.60)
Type S -50 ... +1760
(-58 ... +3200)
100 (180) 2 (3.60)
Type T -200 ... +400
(-328 ... +752)
40 (72) 1 (1.80)
Type U -200 ... +600
(-328 ... +1112)
50 (90) 2 (3.60)
Input Measuring range Min. mea-
sured span
Digital accu-
racy
mV mV V
mV sensor -10 ... +70 2 40
mV sensor -100 ... +1100 20 400
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH300
two-wire system, universal, HART
3/20
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Selection and Ordering data Order No.

1)
Y01: Quote all details that deviate from the factory settings (see below).
C) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99.
D) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H.
Supply units see Chap. 8 "Supplementary Components".
Factory setting:
Pt100 (IEC 751) with 3-wire circuit
Measuring range: 0 ... 100 C (32 ... 212 F)
Fault current: 22.8 mA
Sensor offset: 0 C (0 F)
Damping 0.0 s
Temperature transmitter SITRANS TH300
for installation in connection head, type B
(DIN 43729), two-wire system 4 ... 20 mA,
communication capable to HART, with gal-
vanic isolation
Without explosion protection } C) 7NG3212-0NN00
With explosion protection
- to ATEX } C) 7NG3212-0AN00
- to FM (
C
FM
US
) } C) 7NG3212-0BN00
Further designs Order code
Add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order code(s)
Customer-specific setting of operating data
(specify operating data in plain text)
Y01
1)
with test protocol (5 measuring points) C11
Functional safety SIL2 C20
Functional safety SIL2/3 C23
Accessories Order No.
CD for measuring instruments for
temperature
With documentation in German, English,
French, Spanish, Italian, Portuguese and
SIPROM T parameterization software
} A5E00364512
HART modem
With RS 232 connection } D) 7MF4997-1DA
With USB connection } D) 7MF4997-1DB
SIMATIC PDM operating software See Section 9
(Quantity delivered: 5 units) 7NG3092-8KA
Connecting cable
4-wire, 150 mm, for sensor connections when
using head transmitters in the high hinged
cover (set with 5 units)
7NG3092-8KC
} Available ex stock.
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH300
two-wire system, universal, HART
3/21
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Dimensional drawings

SITRANS TH300, dimensions and pin assignment, dimensions in mm
(inch)
Mounting on DIN rail

SITRANS TH300, mounting of transmitter on DIN rail

DIN rail adapter, dimensions in mm (inch)
1(+) and 2(-) Auxiliary power supply U
aux
, output current I
Out
3, 4, 5 and 6 Pt100 sensor (for connections, see Sensor
connection assignment)
Test (+), Test (-) Measurement of the output current with a multimeter
(1) Test terminal
(2) Mounting screw M4x30
(3) LED for operation indication
(4) Internal diameter of center hole 6.3 (0.25)
2
6
,
3

(
1
.
0
4
)
(1)
(1)
(3)
(2)
(2)
44 (1.73)
33 (1.30)
(4)
M4 x 30
50,5 (1.99)
5
9
,
6

(
2
.
3
5
)
33 (1.30)
14 (0.55)
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH300
two-wire system, universal, HART
3/22
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Schematics

SITRANS TH200/TH300, sensor connection assignment
Resistance thermometer Resistance Thermocouple
Current measurement Voltage measurement
Connection of auxiliary
power supply (U
aux
)
Two-wire system
1)
Three-wire system
Four-wire system
Generation of average
value / difference
1)
Two-wire system
1)
Three-wire system
Four-wire system
Generation of average
value / difference
1)
Cold junction compensation
Internal/fixed value
Cold junction compensation with
external Pt100 in two-wire system
1)
Cold junction compensation with
external Pt100 in three-wire system
Generation of average value / difference
with internal cold junction compensation
1)
Programmable line resistance for the purpose of correction.
U
aux
+ -
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH400
fieldbus transmitters
3/23
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Overview

SITRANS TH400 fieldbus transmitters
Versions:
For FOUNDATION fieldbus
For PROFIBUS PA
The SITRANS TH400 temperature transmitter is a small field bus
transmitter for mounting in the connection head of form B. Exten-
sive functionality enables the temperature transmitter to be pre-
cisely adapted to the plants requirements. Operation is very
simple in spite of the numerous setting options. Thanks to its uni-
versal concept it can be used in all industries and is easy to in-
tegrate in the context of Totally Integrated Automation applica-
tions.
Transmitters of the "intrinsically safe" type of protection can be in-
stalled within potentially explosive atmospheres. The devices
comply with the Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX), as well as FM and
CSA regulations.
Installing SITRANS TH400 in temperature sensors turns them
into complete, bus-capable measuring points; compact - and in
a single device.
Application
Linearized temperature measurement with resistance ther-
mometers or thermal elements
Differential, mean-value or redundant temperature measure-
ment with resistance thermometers or thermal elements
Linear resistance and bipolar millivolt measurements
Differential, mean-value or redundant resistance and bipolar
millivolt measurements
Function
Features
General
Mounting in connection head, type B, to DIN 43729, or larger
Polarity-neutral bus connection
24-bit analog-digital converter for high resolution
Electrically isolated
Intrinsically-safe version for use in potentially explosive areas
Special characteristic
Sensor redundance
with PROFIBUS PA communication
Function blocks: 2 x analog
with FOUNDATION fieldbus communication
Function blocks: 2 x analog and 1 x PID
Functionality: Basic or LAS
Mode of operation
The following function diagram explains the mode of operation
of the transmitter.
The only difference between the two versions of the SITRANS
TH400 (7NG3214-... and 7NG3215-...) is the type of fieldbus
protocol used (PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION fieldbus).

SITRANS TH400, function diagram
Optional inputs:
- Resistance thermometer
- Thermocouple
- mV sensor
- Resistance-based sensors
Input 1
Input 2
Transformer
Input 1
Input 2
Differential
Mean value
Redundancy
Terminal temperature
Engineering units
Diagnostic functions
Table linearization
Polynomial linearization
Process calibration
A/D
converter
Complex configuration
Correction coefficient
Factory settings
- PROFIBUS protocol (7NG3214)
or
- Foundation Fieldbus protocol (7NG3215)
Bus connection
E
x

p
o
w
e
r

c
i
r
c
u
i
t
Electrically
isolated
Internal
Pt100
Communication
EEPROM
CPU
6
5
4
3
2
1
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH400
fieldbus transmitters
3/24
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
System communication

SITRANS TH400, communication interface
Technical specifications

Input
Analog-to-digital conversion
Measurement rate < 50 ms
Resolution 24-bit
Resistance thermometer
Pt25 ... Pt1000 to IEC 60751/JIS C
1604
Measuring range -200 ... +850 C
(-328 ... +1562 F)
Ni25 ... Ni1000 to DIN 43760
Measuring range -60 ... +250 C
(-76 ... +482 F)
Cu10 ... Cu1000, = 0.00427
Measuring range -50 ... +200 C
(-58 ... +392 F)
Line resistance per sensor cable Max. 50
Sensor current Nominal 0.2 mA
Sensor fault detection
Sensor break detection Yes
Sensor short-circuit detection Yes, < 15
Resistance-based sensors
Measuring range 0 ... 10 k
Line resistance per sensor cable Max. 50
Sensor current Nominal 0.2 mA
Sensor fault detection
Sensor break detection Yes
Sensor short-circuit detection Yes, < 15
s
s
Output:
Bus
terminator
Bus
terminator
Segment
coupler
Segment
coupler
Bus connection
Bus connection
PROFIBUS PA
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
SITRANS
TH400 FF
SITRANS
TH400 PA
1 2
1 2
Thermocouple
to IEC 584 Measuring range
Type B 400 .. +1820 C (752 ... 3308 F)
Type E -100 ... +1000 C (-148 ... +1832 F)
Type J -100 ... +1000 C (-148 ... +1832 F)
Type K -100 ... +1200 C (-148 ... +2192 F)
Type N -180 ... +1300 C (-292 ... +2372 F)
Type R -50 ... +1760 C (-58 ... +3200 F)
Type S -50 ... +1760 C (-58 ... +3200 F)
Type T -200 ... +400 C (-328 ... +752 F)
to DIN 43710
Type L -200 ... +900 C (-328 ... +1652 F)
Type U -200 ... +600 C (-328 ... +1112 F)
to ASTM E988-90
Type W3 0 ... 2300 C (32 ... +4172 F)
Type W5 0 ... 2300 C (32 ... +4172 F)
External cold junction compensa-
tion
-40 ... +135 C (-40 ... +275 F)
Sensor fault detection
Sensor break detection Yes
Sensor short-circuit detection Yes, < 3 mV
Sensor current in the event of
open-circuit monitoring
4 A
mV sensor - voltage input
Measuring range -800 ... +800 mV
Input resistance 10 M
Output
Filter time (programmable) 0 ... 60 s
Update time < 400 ms
Measuring accuracy
Accuracy is defined as the higher
value of general values and basic
values.
General values
Type of input Absolute accu-
racy
Temperature
coefficient
All 0.05 % of the
measured value
0.002 % of
the measured
value/C
Basic values
Type of input Basic accuracy Temperature
coefficient
Pt100 and Pt1000 0.1 C 0.002 C/C
Ni100 0.15 C 0.002 C/C
Cu10 1.3 C 0.02 C/C
Resistance-based sensors 0.05 0.002 /C
Voltage source 10 V 0.2 % V/C
Thermocouple, type:
E, J, K, L, N, T, U
0.5 C 0.01 C/C
Thermocouple, type:
B, R, S, W3, W5
1 C 0.025 C/C
Cold junction compensation 0.5 C
Reference conditions
Warming-up time 30 s
Signal-to-noise ratio Min. 60 dB
Calibration condition 20 ... 28 C (68 ... 82 F)
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH400
fieldbus transmitters
3/25
Siemens FI 01 2011
3

Conditions of use
Ambient conditions
Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
Permissible storage temperature -40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
Relative humidity 98 %, with condensation
Insulation resistance
Test voltage 500 V AC for 60 s
Mechanical testing
Vibrations (DIN class B) to IEC 60068-2-6 and
IEC 60068-2-64
4 g/2 ... 100 Hz
Electromagnetic compatibility
EMC noise voltage influence < 0.1 % of span
Extended EMC noise immunity:
NAMUR NE 21, criterion A, Burst
< 1 % of span
EMC 2004/108/EC Emission and
Noise Immunity to
EN 61326
Construction
Material Molded plastic
Weight 55 g (0.12 lb)
Dimensions See Dimensional drawings
Cross-section of cables Max. 2.5 mm
2
(AWG 13)
Degree of protection
Transmitter enclosure IP40
Terminal IP00
Auxiliary power
Power supply
Standard, Ex "nA", Ex "nL", NI 9.0 ... 32 V DC
ATEX, FM, UL and CSA 9.0 ... 30 V DC
In FISCO/FNICO installations 9.0 ... 17.5 V DC
Power consumption < 11 mA
Max. increase in power consump-
tion in the event of a fault
< 7 mA
Certificates and approvals
Explosion protection ATEX
EC type test certificate KEMA 06 ATEX 0264 X
"Intrinsic safety" type of protection II 1 G Ex ia IIC T4...T6
II 2(1) G Ex ib[ia] IIC T4...T6
II 1 D Ex iaD
EC type test certificate KEMA 06 ATEX 0263 X
Type of protection for "equipment
is non-arcing"
II 3 GD Ex nA[nL] IIC T4...T6
II 3 GD Ex nL IIC T4...T6
II 3 GD Ex nA[ic] IIC T4...T6
II 3 GD Ex ic IIC T4...T6
Explosion protection: FM for USA
FM approval FM 3027985
Degree of protection IS Class I, Div 1, Groups A, B, C,
D T4/T5/T6, FISCO
IS Class I, Zone 0, AEx ia, IIC
T4/T5/T6, FISCO
NI Class I, Div 2, Groups A, B, C,
D T4/T5/T6, FNICO
Explosion protection CSA for Can-
ada
CSA approval CSA 1861385
Degree of protection IS Class I, Div 1, Groups A, B, C,
D T4/T5/T6
Ex ia IIC T4/T5/T6 and Ex ib [ia]
IIC T4/T5/T6
NI Class I, Div 2, Groups A, B, C,
D T4/T5/T6
Ex nA II T4/T5/T6
Other certificates GOST
Communication
Parameterization interface
PROFIBUS PA connection
- Protocol Profile 3.0
- Address (for delivery) 126
FOUNDATION fieldbus connec-
tion
- Protocol FF protocol
- Functionality Basic or LAS
- Version ITK 4.6
- Function blocks 2 x analog and 1 x PID
Factory setting
only for SITRANS TH400 PA
Sensor Pt100 (IEC)
Type of connection 3-wire circuit
Unit C
Failure mode Last valid value
Filter time 0 s
PA address 126
PROFIBUS Ident No. Manufacturer-specific
only for SITRANS TH400 FF
Sensor Pt100 (IEC)
Type of connection 3-wire circuit
Unit C
Failure mode Last valid value
Filter time 0 s
Node address 22
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH400
fieldbus transmitters
3/26
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Selection and Ordering data Order No.

1)
Y01: Quote all details that deviate from the factory setting (see below).
2)
Can only be ordered together with Y01 (it is essential to specify the mea-
suring range).
C) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99.
Factory setting:
For SITRANS TH400 PA:
- Pt100 (IEC 751) with 3-wire circuit
- Unit: C
- Failure mode: Last valid value
- Filter time: 0 s
- PA address: 126
- PROFIBUS Ident No.: Manufacturer-specific
For SITRANS TH400 FF:
- Pt100 (IEC 751) with 3-wire circuit
- Unit: C
- Failure mode: Last valid value
- Filter time: 0 s
- Node address: 22
Dimensional drawings

SITRANS TH400 dimensions in mm (inches) and connections
Mounting on DIN rail

SITRANS TH400, mounting of transmitter on DIN rail

DIN rail adaptor, dimensions in mm (inch)
Temperature transmitter SITRANS TH400
for installation in connection head, with
electrical isolation, order instruction manual
separately.
Bus-compatible to PROFIBUS PA
- No explosion protection or Zone 2/Div 2
to ATEX/FM/CSA
} C) 7NG3214-0NN00
- with explosion protection "Intrinsically
safe to ATEX/FM/CSA"
} C) 7NG3214-0AN00
Bus-compatible to FOUNDATION Fieldbus
- No explosion protection or Zone 2/Div 2
to ATEX/FM/CSA
} C) 7NG3215-0NN00
- with explosion protection "Intrinsically
safe to ATEX/FM/CSA"
} C) 7NG3215-0AN00
Further designs
Order code
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify
Order code(s) and plain text.
Customer-specific setting of operating data
(specify operating data in plain text)
Y01
1)
with test protocol (5 measuring points) C11
2)
Accessories
Order No.
CD for measuring instruments for
temperature
} A5E00364512
With documentation in German, English,
French, Spanish, Italian, Portuguese and
SIPROM T parameterization software
SIMATIC PDM operating software See Section 9
DIN rail adapters for head transmitters 7NG3092-8KA
(Quantity delivered: 5 units)
Connecting cable
4-wire, 150 mm, for sensor connections
when using head transmitters in the high
hinged cover (set with 5 units)
7NG3092-8KC
for additional PA components, See Catalog IK PI
} Available ex stock.
Terminals 1, 2: Fieldbus connection
Terminals 3 ... 6: Sensor connection
26,3 (1.04)
33 (1.3)
44 (1.73)
6,3 (0.25)
M4 x 30
s
1 2
5 4
3 6
+ -
3-W
50,5 (1.99)
5
9
,
6

(
2
.
3
5
)
33 (1.30)
14 (0.55)
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH400
fieldbus transmitters
3/27
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Schematics

SITRANS TH400, sensor connection assignment
Resistance thermometer Resistance Thermocouple
Voltage measurement
Two-wire system
1)
Three-wire system
Four-wire system
Two-wire system
1)
Three-wire system
Four-wire system
Internal
cold junction compensation
Cold junction compensation
with external Pt100 in two-wire system
1)
Cold junction compensation
with external Pt100 in three-wire system
1)
Programmable line resistance for the purpose of correction.
Mean-value/differential or
redundancy generation
1 sensor in two-wire system
1)
1 sensor in three-wire system
Mean-value/differential or
redundancy generation
2 x two-wire system
1)
Mean value, differential or
redundancy generation with internal
cold junction compensation
Mean value, differential or
redundancy generation and
cold junction compensation
with internal Pt100
in two-wire system
1)
Mean value, differential or redundancy generation
1 resistor in two-wire system
1)
1 resistor in three-wire system
Measurement of mean value, differential and
redundancy with 2 voltage sources
One voltage source
1
2
1
2
+ -
+ -
+ -
1
2
+ -
1
2
+ -
+ -
2
1
+ -
+ -
1
2
+ -
+ -
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TR200
two-wire system, universal
3/28
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Overview

Ultra flexible - with the universal SITRANS TR200 transmitter
Two-wire devices for 4 to 20 mA
Enclosure for rail mounting
Universal input for virtually any type of temperature sensor
Configurable over PC
Benefits
Compact design
Electrically isolated
Test sockets for multimeters
Diagnostics LED (green/red)
Sensor monitoring
open circuits and short-circuits
Self-monitoring
Configuration status stored in EEPROM
Expanded diagnostic functions, such as slave pointer, operat-
ing hours counter, etc.
Special characteristic
Electromagnetic compatibility to EN 61326 and NE21
SIL2 (with order code C20), SIL2/3 (with C23)
Application
SITRANS TR200 transmitters can be used in all industrial sec-
tors. Their compact design enables simple mounting on stan-
dard DIN rails on-site in protective boxes or in control cabinets.
The following sensors/signal sources can be connected over
their universal input module:
Resistance thermometers (2, 3 or 4-wire system)
Thermocouples
Resistance-based sensors and DC voltage sources
The output signal is a direct current from 4 to 20 mA in accor-
dance with the sensor characteristic.
Transmitters of the "intrinsically safe" type of protection can be in-
stalled within potentially explosive atmospheres. The devices
comply with the Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX).
Function
The SITRANS TR200 is configured over a PC. A USB or RS 232
modem is linked to the output terminals for this purpose. The
configuration data can now be edited using the SIPROM T soft-
ware tool. The configuration data are then permanently stored in
the non-volatile memory (EEPROM).
Once the sensors and power supply have been correctly con-
nected, the transmitter outputs a temperature-linear output sig-
nal and the diagnostics LED displays a green light. In the case
of a sensor short-circuit, the LED flashes red, an internal device
fault is indicated by a steady red light.
The test socket can be used to connect an ammeter at any time
for monitoring purposes and plausibility checks. The output cur-
rent can be read without any interruption, or even without open-
ing the current loop.

SITRANS TR200 function diagram
1 Sensor such as resistance thermometer,
thermocouple, resistance-based,
sensor, mV sensor
2 Analog-digital converter
3 Microcontroller, secondary circuit
4 Electrical isolation
5 Microcontroller, primary circuit
6 Digital-analog converter
7 LED

U
aux
Auxiliary power supply
I
out
Output current
Test Test terminals for temporary
connection of an amperemeter
Sensor
TC/RTD
A
D
D
A
mC1 mC2
Test
4 ... 20 mA U
aux
, I
out
SITRANS TR200/TR300
1
7
6
3
4
5
2
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TR200
two-wire system, universal
3/29
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Technical specifications

Input
Resistance thermometer
Measured variable Temperature
Sensor type
to IEC 60751 Pt25 1000
to JIS C 1604; a=0.00392 K
-1
Pt25 1000
to IEC 60751 Ni25 1000
Special type over special characteristic
(max. 30 points)
Sensor factor 0.25 ... 10 (adaptation of the basic
type, e.g. Pt100 to version Pt25 ...
1000)
Units C or F
Connection
Standard connection 1 resistance thermometer (RTD) in
2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire system
Generation of average value 2 resistance thermometers in
2-wire system for generation of
average temperature
Generation of difference 2 resistance thermometers (RTD) in
2-wire system (RTD 1 RTD 2 or
RTD 2 RTD 1)
Interface
Two-wire system Parameterizable line resistance
100 (loop resistance)
Three-wire system No balancing required
Four-wire system No balancing required
Sensor current 0.45 mA
Response time T
63
250 ms for 1 sensor with open-cir-
cuit monitoring
Open-circuit monitoring Always active (cannot be disabled)
Short-circuit monitoring can be switched on/off (default
value: ON)
Measuring range parameterizable (see table "Digital
measuring errors")
Min. measured span 10 C (18 F)
Characteristic curve Temperature-linear or special char-
acteristic
Resistance-based sensors
Measured variable Actual resistance
Sensor type Resistance-based, potentiometers
Units
Connection
Normal connection 1 resistance-based sensor (R) in 2-
wire, 3-wire or 4-wire system
Generation of average value 2 resistance-based sensors in
2-wire system for generation of
average value
Generation of difference 2 resistance thermometers in
2-wire system
(R1 R2 or R2 R1)
Interface
Two-wire system Parameterizable line resistance
100 (loop resistance)
Three-wire system No balancing required
Four-wire system No balancing required
Sensor current 0.45 mA
Response time T
63
250 ms for 1 sensor with open-cir-
cuit monitoring
Open-circuit monitoring Always active (cannot be disabled)
Short-circuit monitoring can be switched on/off (default
value: OFF)
Measuring range parameterizable max. 0 ... 2200
(see table "Digital measuring
errors")
Min. measured span 5 ... 25 (see table "Digital measur-
ing errors")
Characteristic curve Resistance-linear or special charac-
teristic
Thermocouples
Measured variable Temperature
Sensor type (thermocouples)
Type B Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh to DIN IEC 584
Type C W5 %-Re acc. to ASTM 988
Type D W3 %-Re acc. to ASTM 988
Type E NiCr-CuNi to DIN IEC 584
Type J Fe-CuNi to DIN IEC 584
Type K NiCr-Ni to DIN IEC 584
Type L Fe-CuNi to DIN 43710
Type N NiCrSi-NiSi to DIN IEC 584
Type R Pt13Rh-Pt to DIN IEC 584
Type S Pt10Rh-Pt to DIN IEC 584
Type T Cu-CuNi to DIN IEC 584
Type U Cu-CuNi to DIN 43710
Units C or F
Connection
Standard connection 1 thermocouple (TC)
Generation of average value 2 thermocouples (TC)
Generation of difference 2 thermocouples (TC)
(TC1 TC2 or TC2 TC1)
Response time T
63
250 ms for 1 sensor with open-cir-
cuit monitoring
Open-circuit monitoring Can be switched off
Cold junction compensation
Internal With integrated Pt100 resistance
thermometer
External With external Pt100 IEC 60571
(2-wire or 3-wire connection)
External fixed Cold junction temperature can be
set as fixed value
Measuring range parameterizable (see table "Digital
measuring errors")
Min. measured span Min. 40 ... 100 C (72 ... 180 F) (see
table "Digital measuring errors")
Characteristic curve Temperature-linear or special char-
acteristic
mV sensor
Measured variable DC voltage
Sensor type DC voltage source (DC voltage
source possible over an externally
connected resistor)
Units mV
Response time T
63
250 ms for 1 sensor with open-cir-
cuit monitoring
Open-circuit monitoring Can be switched off
Measuring range parameterizable max. -
100 1100 mV
Min. measured span 2 mV or 20 mV
Overload capability of the input -1.5 ... +3.5 V DC
Input resistance 1 M
Characteristic curve Voltage-linear or special character-
istic
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TR200
two-wire system, universal
3/30
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Factory setting:
Pt100 (IEC 751) with 3-wire circuit
Measuring range: 0 ... 100 C (32 ... 212 F)
Error signal in the event of sensor breakage: 22.8 mA
Sensor offset: 0 C (0 F)
Damping 0.0 s
Digital measuring errors
Resistance thermometer

Output
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA, 2-wire
Auxiliary power 11 ... 35 V DC (to 30 V with Ex)
Max. load (U
aux
11 V)/0.023 A
Overrange 3.6 ... 23 mA, infinitely adjustable
(default range: 3.84 mA ... 20.5 mA)
Error signal (e.g. following sensor
fault) (conforming to NE43)
3.6 ... 23 mA, infinitely adjustable
(default value: 22.8 mA)
Sample cycle 0.25 s nominal
Damping Software filter 1st order 0 ... 30 s
(parameterizable)
Protection Against reversed polarity
Electrically isolated Input against output 2.12 kV DC
(1.5 kV
eff
AC)
Measuring accuracy
Digital measuring errors See Table "Digital measuring errors"
Reference conditions
Auxiliary power 24 V 1 %
Load 500
Ambient temperature 23 C
Warming-up time > 5 min
Error in the analog output (digi-
tal/analog converter)
< 0.025 % of span
Error due to internal cold junction < 0.5 C (0.9 F)
Influence of ambient temperature
Analog measuring error 0.02 % of span/10 C (18 F)
Digital measuring errors
- With resistance thermometer 0.06 C (0.11 F)/10 C (18 F)
- with thermocouples 0.6 C (1.1 F)/10 C (18 F)
Auxiliary power effect < 0.001 % of span/V
Effect of load impedance < 0.002 % of span/100
Long-term drift
In the first month < 0.02 % of span in the first month
After one year < 0.2 % of span after one year
After 5 years < 0.3 % of span after 5 years
Conditions of use
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature range -40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
Storage temperature range -40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
Relative humidity < 98 %, with condensation
Electromagnetic compatibility acc. to EN 61326 and NE21
Construction
Material Plastic, electronic module potted
Weight 122 g
Dimensions See "Dimensional drawings"
Cross-section of cables Max. 2.5 mm (AWG 13)
Degree of protection to
IEC 60529
Enclosure IP20
Certificates and approvals
Explosion protection ATEX
EC type test certificate PTB 07 ATEX 2032X
"Intrinsic safety" type of protec-
tion
II 2(1) G Ex ia/ib IIC T6/T4
II 3(1) G Ex ia/ic IIC T6/T4
II 3 G Ex ic IIC T6/T4
II 2(1) D Ex iaD/ibD 20/21 T115 C
Type of protection, "equipment is
non-arcing"
II 3 G Ex nA IIC T6/T4
Other approvals GOST
Software requirements for
SIPROM T
PC operating system Windows ME, 2000 and XP; also
Windows 95, 98 and 98 SE, but only
in connection with RS 232 modem.
Input Measuring range Min. mea-
sured span
Digital accu-
racy
C/(F) C (F) C (F)
to IEC 60751
Pt25 -200 ... +850
(-328 ... +1562)
10 (18) 0.3 (0.54)
Pt50 -200 ... +850
(-328 ... +1562)
10 (18) 0.15 (0.27)
Pt100 ... Pt200 -200 ... +850
(-328 ... +1562)
10 (18) 0.1 (0.18)
Pt500 -200 ... +850
(-328 ... +1562)
10 (18) 0.15 (0.27)
Pt1000 -200 ... +350
(-328 ... +662)
10 (18) 0.15 (0.27)
to JIS C1604-81
Pt25 -200 ... +649
(-328 ... +1200)
10 (18) 0.3 (0.54)
Pt50 -200 ... +649
(-328 ... +1200)
10 (18) 0.15 (0.27)
Pt100 ... Pt200 -200 ... +649
(-328 ... +1200)
10 (18) 0.1 (0.18)
Pt500 -200 ... +649
(-328 ... +1200)
10 (18) 0.15 (0.27)
Pt1000 -200 ... +350
(-328 ... +662)
10 (18) 0.15 (0.27)
Ni 25 to Ni1000 -60 ... +250
(-76 ... +482)
10 (18) 0.1 (0.18)
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TR200
two-wire system, universal
3/31
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Resistance-based sensors

Thermocouples

1)
The digital accuracy in the range 0 to 300 C (32 to 572 F) is 3 C (5.4 F).
2)
The digital accuracy in the range 1750 to 2300 C (3182 to 4172 F) is 2 C
(3.6 F).
mV sensor

The digital accuracy is the accuracy after the analog/digital con-
version including linearization and calculation of the measured
value.
An additional error is generated in the output current 4 to 20 mA
as a result of the digital/analog conversion of 0.025 % of the set
span (digital-analog error).
The total error under reference conditions at the analog output is
the sum from the digital error and the digital-analog error (poss.
with the addition of cold junction errors in the case of thermocou-
ple measurements).
Selection and Ordering data Order No.

1)
Y01: Quote all details that deviate from the factory setting (see below).
D) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H.
Supply units see Chap. 8 "Supplementary Components".
Factory setting:
Pt100 (IEC 751) with 3-wire circuit
Measuring range: 0 100 C (32 212 F)
Fault current: 22.8 mA
Sensor offset: 0 C (0 F)
Damping 0.0 s
Input Measuring range Min. mea-
sured span
Digital accu-
racy

Resistance 0 ... 390 5 0.05
Resistance 0 ... 2200 25 0.25
Input Measuring range Min. mea-
sured span
Digital accu-
racy
C/(F) C (F) C (F)
Type B 0 ... 1820
(32 ... 3308)
100 (180) 2
1)
(3.6)
1)
Type C (W5) 0 ... 2300
(32 ... 4172)
100 (180) 2 (3.6)
Type D (W3) 0 ... 2300
(32 ... 4172)
100 (180) 1
2)
(1.8)
2)
Type E -200 ... +1000
(-328 ... +1832)
50 (90) 1 (1.8)
Type J -210 ... +1200
(-346 ... +2192)
50 (90) 1 (1.8)
Type K -230 ... +1370
(-382 ... +2498)
50 (90) 1 (1.8)
Type L -200 ... +900
(-328 ... +1652)
50 (90) 1 (1.8)
Type N -200 ... +1300
(-328 ... +2372)
50 (90) 1 (1.8)
Type R -50 ... +1760
(-58 ... +3200)
100 (180) 2 (3.6)
Type S -50 ... +1760
(-58 ... +3200)
100 (180) 2 (3.6)
Type T -200 ... +400
(-328 ... +752)
40 (72) 1 (1.8)
Type U -200 ... +600
(-328 ... +1112)
50 (90) 2 (3.6)
Input Measuring
range
Min. measured
span
Digital accu-
racy
mV mV V
mV sensor -10 ... +70 2 40
mV sensor -100 ... +1100 20 400
Temperature transmitter SITRANS TR200
For mounting on a standard DIN rail, two-wire
system, 4 to 20 mA, programmable, with elec-
trical isolation, with documentation on CD
Without explosion protection }
D)
7NG3032-0JN00
with explosion protection to ATEX }
D)
7NG3032-1JN00
Further designs Order code
Please add "-Z" to Order No. with and specify
Order codes(s).
Customer-specific setting of operating data
(specify operating data in plain text)
Y01
1)
with test protocol (5 measuring points) C11
Functional safety SIL2 C20
Functional safety SIL2/3 C23
Accessories Order No.
Modem for SITRANS TH100, TH200 and
TR200 incl. SIPROM T parameterization
software
With USB connection } 7NG3092-8KU
CD for measuring instruments for tempera-
ture
} A5E00364512
With documentation in German, English,
French, Spanish, Italian, Portuguese and
SIPROM T parameterization software
} Available ex stock.
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TR200
two-wire system, universal
3/32
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Dimensional drawings

SITRANS TR200, dimensions in mm (inch)
Schematics

SITRANS TR200, pin assignment
s
C o n n e c t i o n P l a n
M a d e i n C r o a t i a
R T D o r R
2 W s e n s o r
R T D o r R
3 W s e n s o r
R T D o r R
4 W s e n s o r
5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
4 . . 2 0 m A l o o p
& t e s t
2 x R T D o r R
2 W s e n s o r
2 x T C s e n s o r
w i t h i n t . / f i x e d
C J C
1
A
2 3
+ U B - T E S T
+ -
4
5 6
S 2
S 1
7 8 5
S 1 S 2
6
+ +
7 8
T C s e n s . w i t h
i n t . / f i x e d C J C
U s e n s o r
T C s e n s o r
w i t h e x t e r n a l
2 W R T D C J C
T C s e n s o r
w i t h e x t e r n a l
3 W R T D C J C
+
5 6 7 8
+
5 6 7 8
+
5 6
+
7 8
S
I
E
M
E
N
S
S
I
T
R
A
N
S

T
R
2
0
0

5
6
7
8
1
2
T
E
S
T
4
..2
0
m
A
3
4
2
2
,
5
(
0
.
8
9
)
(3.9)
99
1
1
4
(
4
.
4
9
)
1 (+) and 2 (-) Test terminals (Test) for measurement of the output
current with a multimeter
3 (+) and 4 (-) Power supply U
aux
, Output current I
out
5, 6, 7 and 8 Sensor assignment, see schematics
Asssignments
SIEMENS
SITRANS
TR200
5 6 7 8
1 2
TEST 4..20mA
3 4
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TR200
two-wire system, universal
3/33
Siemens FI 01 2011
3

SITRANS TR200, sensor connection assignment
+ - + -
Current measurement Voltage measurement
Three-wire system
Four-wire system
Generation of average
value/difference
1)
Three-wire system
Four-wire system
Generation of average
value/difference
1)
Generation of average value / difference
with internal cold junction compensation
1)
Programmable line resistance for the purpose of correction.
Test terminals
Resistance thermometer Resistance Thermocouple
Power supply/
4 ... 20 mA (U
aux
)
Two-wire system
1)
Two-wire system
1) Cold junction compensation
Internal/fixed value
Cold junction compensation with
external Pt100 in two-wire system
1)
Cold junction compensation with
external Pt100 in three-wire system
+ -
5 6 7 8
5 6 7 8
5 6 7 8
5 6 7 8
5 6 7 8
5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
5 6 7 8
5 6 7 8
5 6 7 8
5 6 7 8
5 6 7 8
5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
+ -
+ - A
RTD
R
RTD R
RTD
RTD1
RTD2
R
TC
TC
RTD
TC
RTD
+ -
+ -
+ -
TC1 TC2
U
aux
+ -
R
I
U
R2
R1
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TR300
two-wire system, universal, HART
3/34
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Overview

"HART" to beat - the universal SITRANS TR300 transmitter
Two-wire devices for 4 to 20 mA, HART
Device for rail mounting
Universal input for virtually any type of temperature sensor
Configurable over HART
Benefits
Compact design
Electrically isolated
Test sockets for multimeters
Diagnostics LED (green/red)
Sensor monitoring
open circuits and short-circuits
Self-monitoring
Configuration status stored in EEPROM
Expanded diagnostic functions, such as slave pointer, operat-
ing hours counter, etc.
Special characteristic
Electromagnetic compatibility to EN 61326 and NE21
SIL2 (with order code C20), SIL2/3 (with C23)
Application
SITRANS TR300 transmitters can be used in all industrial sec-
tors. Their compact design enables simple mounting on stan-
dard DIN rails on-site in protective boxes or in control cabinets.
The following sensors/signal sources can be connected over
their universal input module:
Resistance thermometers (2, 3 or 4-wire system)
Thermocouples
Resistance-based sensors and DC voltage sources
The output signal is a direct current from 4 to 20 mA in accor-
dance with the sensor characteristic, superimposed by the dig-
ital HART signal.
Transmitters of the "intrinsically safe" type of protection can be in-
stalled within potentially explosive atmospheres. The devices
comply with the Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX).
Function
The SITRANS TR300 is configured over HART. This can be done
using a handheld communicator or even more conveniently with
a HART modem and the SIMATIC PDM parameterization soft-
ware. The configuration data are then permanently stored in the
non-volatile memory (EEPROM).
Once the sensors and power supply have been correctly con-
nected, the transmitter outputs a temperature-linear output sig-
nal and the diagnostics LED displays a green light. In the case
of a sensor short-circuit, the LED flashes red, an internal device
fault is indicated by a steady red light.
The test socket can be used to connect an ammeter at any time
for monitoring purposes and plausibility checks. The output cur-
rent can be read without any interruption, or even without open-
ing the current loop.

SITRANS TR300 function diagram
1 Sensor such as resistance thermometer,
thermocouple, resistance-based,
sensor, mV sensor
2 Analog-digital converter
3 Microcontroller, secondary circuit
4 Electrical isolation
5 Microcontroller, primary circuit
6 Digital-analog converter
7 LED

U
aux
Auxiliary power supply
I
out
Output current
Test Test terminals for temporary
connection of an amperemeter
Sensor
TC/RTD
A
D
D
A
mC1 mC2
Test
4 ... 20 mA U
aux
, I
out
SITRANS TR200/TR300
1
7
6
3
4
5
2
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TR300
two-wire system, universal, HART
3/35
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Technical specifications

Input
Resistance thermometer
Measured variable Temperature
Sensor type
to IEC 60751 Pt25 Pt1000
to JIS C 1604; a=0.00392 K
-1
Pt25 Pt1000
to IEC 60751 Ni25 Pt1000
Special type over special characteristic (max.
30 points)
Sensor factor 0.25 ... 10 (adaptation of the
basic type, e.g. Pt100 to version
Pt25 ... 1000)
Units C or F
Connection
Standard connection 1 resistance thermometer (RTD)
in 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire system
Generation of average value 2 identical resistance thermome-
ters in 2-wire system for genera-
tion of average temperature
Generation of difference 2 identical resistance thermome-
ters (RTD) in 2-wire system (RTD
1 RTD 2 or RTD 2 RTD 1)
Interface
Two-wire system Parameterizable line resistance
100 (loop resistance)
Three-wire system No balancing required
Four-wire system No balancing required
Sensor current 0.45 mA
Response time T
63
250 ms for 1 sensor with open-
circuit monitoring
Open-circuit monitoring Always active (cannot be dis-
abled)
Short-circuit monitoring can be switched on/off (default
value: ON)
Measuring range parameterizable (see table "Digi-
tal measuring errors")
Min. measured span 10 C (18 F)
Characteristic curve Temperature-linear or special
characteristic
Resistance-based sensors
Measured variable Actual resistance
Sensor type Resistance-based, potentiome-
ters
Units W
Connection
Normal connection 1 resistance-based sensor (R) in
2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire system
Generation of average value 2 resistance-based sensors in
2-wire system for generation of
average value
Generation of difference 2 resistance thermometers in
2-wire system
(R1 R2 or R2 R1)
Interface
Two-wire system Parameterizable line resistance
100 (loop resistance)
Three-wire system No balancing required
Four-wire system No balancing required
Sensor current 0.45 mA
Response time T
63
250 ms for 1 sensor with open-
circuit monitoring
Open-circuit monitoring Always active (cannot be dis-
abled)
Short-circuit monitoring can be switched on/off (default
value: OFF)
Measuring range parameterizable max. 0 ... 2200
(see table "Digital measuring
errors")
Min. measured span 5 ... 25 (see table "Digital mea-
suring errors")
Characteristic curve Resistance-linear or special char-
acteristic
Thermocouples
Measured variable Temperature
Sensor type (thermocouples)
Type B Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh to DIN IEC 584
Type C W5 %-Re acc. to ASTM 988
Type D W3 %-Re acc. to ASTM 988
Type E NiCr-CuNi to DIN IEC 584
Type J Fe-CuNi to DIN IEC 584
Type K NiCr-Ni to DIN IEC 584
Type L Fe-CuNi to DIN 43710
Type N NiCrSi-NiSi to DIN IEC 584
Type R Pt13Rh-Pt to DIN IEC 584
Type S Pt10Rh-Pt to DIN IEC 584
Type T Cu-CuNi to DIN IEC 584
Type U Cu-CuNi to DIN 43710
Units C or F
Connection
Standard connection 1 thermocouple (TC)
Generation of average value 2 thermocouples (TC)
Generation of difference 2 thermocouples (TC) (TC1 TC2
or TC2 TC1)
Response time T
63
250 ms for 1 sensor with open-
circuit monitoring
Open-circuit monitoring Can be switched off
Cold junction compensation
Internal With integrated Pt100 resistance
thermometer
External With external Pt100 IEC 60571 (2-
wire or 3-wire connection)
External fixed Cold junction temperature can be
set as fixed value
Measuring range parameterizable (see table "Digi-
tal measuring errors")
Min. measured span Min. 40 ... 100 C (72 ... 180 F)
(see table "Digital measuring
errors")
Characteristic curve Temperature-linear or special
characteristic
mV sensor
Measured variable DC voltage
Sensor type DC voltage source (DC voltage
source possible over an exter-
nally connected resistor)
Units mV
Response time T
63
250 ms for 1 sensor with open-
circuit monitoring
Open-circuit monitoring Can be switched off
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TR300
two-wire system, universal, HART
3/36
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Factory setting:
Pt100 (IEC 751) with 3-wire circuit
Measuring range: 0 ... 100 C (32 ... 212 F)
Error signal in the event of sensor breakage: 22.8 mA
Sensor offset: 0 C (0 F)
Damping 0.0 s
Measuring range parameterizable
max. -100 1100 mV
Min. measured span 2 mV or 20 mV
Overload capability of the input -1.5 ... +3.5 V DC
Input resistance 1 M
Characteristic curve Voltage-linear or special charac-
teristic
Output
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA, 2-wire with communi-
cation acc. to HART Rev. 5.9
Auxiliary power 11 ... 35 V DC (to 30 V with Ex)
Max. load (U
aux
11 V)/0.023 A
Overrange 3.6 ... 23 mA, infinitely adjustable
(default range: 3.84 ... 20.5 mA)
Error signal (e.g. following sensor
fault) (conforming to NE43)
3.6 ... 23 mA, infinitely adjustable
(default value: 22.8 mA)
Sample cycle 0.25 s nominal
Damping Software filter 1st order 0 ... 30 s
(parameterizable)
Protection Against reversed polarity
Electrical isolation Input against output (1 kV
eff
)
Measuring accuracy
Digital measuring errors see table "Digital measuring
errors"
Reference conditions
Auxiliary power 24 V 1 %
Load 500
Ambient temperature 23 C
Warming-up time > 5 min
Error in the analog output (digi-
tal/analog converter)
< 0.025 % of span
Error due to internal cold junction < 0.5 C (0.9 F)
Temperature effect < 0.1 % of max. span/10 C
(18 F)
Auxiliary power effect < 0.001 % of span/V
Effect of load impedance < 0.002 % of span/100
Long-term drift
In the first month < 0.02 % of span in the first month
After one year < 0.2 % of span after one year
After 5 years < 0.3 % of span after 5 years
Conditions of use
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature range -40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
Storage temperature range -40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
Relative humidity < 98 %, with condensation
Electromagnetic compatibility acc. to EN 61326 and NE21
Design
Material Plastic, electronic module potted
Weight 122 g
Dimensions See "Dimensional drawings"
Cross-section of cables Max. 2.5 mm (AWG 13)
Degree of protection to IEC 60529
Enclosure IP20
Certificates and approvals
Explosion protection ATEX
EC type test certificate PTB 07 ATEX 2032X
"Intrinsic safety" type of protection II 2(1) G Ex ia/ib IIC T6/T4
II 3(1) G Ex ia/ic IIC T6/T4
II 3 G Ex ic IIC T6/T4
II 2(1) D Ex iaD/ibD 20/21 T115 C
Type of protection, "equipment is
non-arcing"
II 3 G Ex nA IIC T6/T4
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TR300
two-wire system, universal, HART
3/37
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Digital measuring errors
Resistance thermometer

Resistance-based sensors

Thermocouples

1)
The digital accuracy in the range 0 to 300 C (32 to 572 F) is 3 C (5.4 F).
2)
The digital accuracy in the range 1750 to 2300 C (3182 to 4172 F) is 2 C
(3.6 F).
mV sensor

The digital accuracy is the accuracy after the analog/digital con-
version including linearization and calculation of the measured
value.
An additional error is generated in the output current 4 to 20 mA
as a result of the digital/analog conversion of 0,025 % of the set
span (digital-analog error).
The total error under reference conditions at the analog output is
the sum from the digital error and the digital-analog error (poss.
with the addition of cold junction errors in the case of thermocou-
ple measurements).
Input Measuring range Min. mea-
sured span
Digital accu-
racy
C / (F) C (F) C (F)
to IEC 60751
Pt25 -200 ... +850
(-328 ... +1562)
10 (18) 0.3 (0.54)
Pt50 -200 ... +850
(-328 ... +1562)
10 (18) 0.15 (0.27)
Pt100 ... Pt200 -200 ... +850
(-328 ... +1562)
10 (18) 0.1 (0.18)
Pt500 -200 ... +850
(-328 ... +1562)
10 (18) 0.15 (0.27)
Pt1000 -200 ... +350
(-328 ... +662)
10 (18) 0.15 (0.27)
to JIS C1604-81
Pt25 -200 ... +649
(-328 ... +1200)
10 (18) 0.3 (0.54)
Pt50 -200 ... +649
(-328 ... +1200)
10 (18) 0.15 (0.27)
Pt100 ... Pt200 -200 ... +649
(-328 ... +1200)
10 (18) 0.1 (0.18)
Pt500 -200 ... +649
(-328 ... +1200)
10 (18) 0.15 (0.27)
Pt1000 -200 ... +350
(-328 ... +662)
10 (18) 0.15 (0.27)
Ni 25 to Ni1000 -60 ... +250
(-76 ... +482)
10 (18) 0.1 (0.18)
Input Measuring range Min. mea-
sured span
Digital accu-
racy

Resistance 0 ... 390 5 0.05
Resistance 0 ... 2200 25 0.25
Input Measuring range Min. mea-
sured span
Digital accu-
racy
C / (F) C (F) C (F)
Type B 0 ... 1820
(32 ... 3308)
100 (180) 2
1)
(3.6)
1)
Type C (W5) 0 ... 2300
(32 ... 4172)
100 (180) 2 (3.6)
Type D (W3) 0 ... 2300
(32 ... 4172)
100 (180) 1
2)
(1.8)
2)
Type E -200 ... +1000
(-328 ... +1832)
50 (90) 1 (1.8)
Type J -210 ... +1200
(-346 ... +2192)
50 (90) 1 (1.8)
Type K -230 ... +1370
(-382 ... +2498)
50 (90) 1 (1.8)
Type L -200 ... +900
(-328 ... +1652)
50 (90) 1 (1.8)
Type N -200 ... +1300
(-328 ... +2372)
50 (90) 1 (1.8)
Type R -50 ... +1760
(-58 ... +3200)
100 (180) 2 (3.6)
Type S -50 ... +1760
(-58 ... +3200)
100 (180) 2 (3.6)
Type T -200 ... +400
(-328 ... +752)
40 (72) 1 (1.8)
Type U -200 ... +600
(-328 ... +1112)
50 (90) 2 (3.6)
Input Measuring range Min. mea-
sured span
Digital accu-
racy
mV mV V
mV sensor -10 ... +70 2 40
mV sensor -100 ... +1100 20 400
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TR300
two-wire system, universal, HART
3/38
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Selection and Ordering data Order No.

1)
Y01: Quote all details that deviate from the factory settings (see below).
D) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H.
Supply units see Chap. 8 "Supplementary Components".
Factory setting:
Pt100 (IEC 751) with 3-wire circuit
Measuring range: 0 ... 100 C (32 ... 212 F)
Error signal in the event of sensor breakage: 22.8 mA
Sensor offset: 0 C (0 F)
Damping 0.0 s
Dimensional drawings

SITRANS TR300, dimensions in mm (inch)
Schematics

SITRANS TR300, pin assignment
Temperature transmitter SITRANS TR300
For mounting on a standard DIN rail, two-wire
system, 4 20 mA, HART, with electrical iso-
lation, with documentation on CD
Without explosion protection }
D)
7NG3033-0JN00
with explosion protection to ATEX }
D)
7NG3033-1JN00
Further designs Order code
Please add "-Z" to Order No. with and specify
Order codes(s).
Customer-specific setting of operating data
(specify operating data in plain text)
Y01
1)
with test protocol (5 measuring points) C11
Functional safety SIL2 C20
Functional safety SIL2/3 C23
Accessories Order No.
CD for measuring instruments for
temperature
} A5E00364512
With documentation in German, English,
French, Spanish, Italian, Portuguese and
SIPROM T parameterization software
HART modem
With RS 232 connection }
D)
7MF4997-1DA
With USB connection }
D)
7MF4997-1DB
Simatic PDM operating software See Section 9
} Available ex stock
5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
1
A
2 3
+ U B - T E S T
+ -
4
5 6
S 2
S 1
7 8 5
S 1 S 2
6
+ +
7 8
+
5 6 7 8
+
5 6 7 8
+
5 6
+
7 8
2
2
,
5
(
0
.
8
9
)
(3.9)
99
1
1
4
(
4
.
4
9
)
S
I
E
M
E
N
S
S
I
T
R
A
N
S

T
R
3
0
0

5
6
7
8
1
2
T
E
S
T
4
..2
0
m
A
3
4
s
C o n n e c t i o n P l a n
4 . . 2 0 m A l o o p
& t e s t
2 x R T D o r R
2 W s e n s o r
2 x T C s e n s o r
w i t h i n t . / f i x e d
C J C
R T D o r R
2 W s e n s o r
R T D o r R
3 W s e n s o r
R T D o r R
4 W s e n s o r
M a d e i n C r o a t i a
T C s e n s . w i t h
i n t . / f i x e d C J C
U s e n s o r
T C s e n s o r
w i t h e x t e r n a l
2 W R T D C J C
T C s e n s o r
w i t h e x t e r n a l
3 W R T D C J C
1 (+) and 2 (-) Test terminals (Test) for measurement of the output
current with a multimeter
3 (+) and 4 (-) Power supply U
aux
, Output current I
out

5, 6, 7 and 8 Sensor assignment, see schematics
Assignments
SIEMENS
SITRANS
TR300
5 6 7 8
1 2
TEST 4..20mA
3 4
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TR300
two-wire system, universal, HART
3/39
Siemens FI 01 2011
3

SITRANS TR300, sensor connection assignment
+ - + -
Current measurement Voltage measurement
Three-wire system
Four-wire system
Generation of average
value/difference
1)
Three-wire system
Four-wire system
Generation of average
value/difference
1)
Generation of average value / difference
with internal cold junction compensation
1)
Programmable line resistance for the purpose of correction.
Test terminals
Resistance thermometer Resistance Thermocouple
Power supply/
4 ... 20 mA (U
aux
)
Two-wire system
1)
Two-wire system
1) Cold junction compensation
Internal/fixed value
Cold junction compensation with
external Pt100 in two-wire system
1)
Cold junction compensation with
external Pt100 in three-wire system
+ -
5 6 7 8
5 6 7 8
5 6 7 8
5 6 7 8
5 6 7 8
5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
5 6 7 8
5 6 7 8
5 6 7 8
5 6 7 8
5 6 7 8
5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
+ -
+ - A
RTD
R
RTD R
RTD
RTD1
RTD2
R
TC
TC
RTD
TC
RTD
+ -
+ -
+ -
TC1 TC2
U
aux
+ -
R
I
U
R2
R1
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TW
four-wire system, universal, HART
3/40
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Overview

The user-friendly transmitters for the control room
The SITRANS TW universal transmitter is a further development
of the service-proven SITRANS T for the 4-wire system in a
mounting rail housing. With numerous new functions it sets new
standards for temperature transmitters.
With its diagnostics and simulation functions the SITRANS TW
provides the necessary insight during commissioning and oper-
ation. And using its HART interface the SITRANS TW can be
conveniently adapted with SIMATIC PDM to every measurement
task.
All SITRANS TW control room devices are available in a non-in-
trinsically safe version as well as in an intrinsically safe version
for use with the most stringent requirements.
Application
The SITRANS TW transmitter is a four-wire rail-mounted device
with a universal input circuit for connection to the following sen-
sors and signal sources:
Resistance thermometer
Thermocouples
Resistance-based sensors/potentiometers
mV sensors
As special version:
- V sources
- Current sources
The 4-wire rail-mounted SITRANS TW transmitter wire is de-
signed for control room installation. It must not be mounted in po-
tentially explosive atmospheres.
All SITRANS TW control room devices are available in a non-in-
trinsically safe version as well as in an intrinsically safe version
for use with the most stringent requirements.
Function
Features
Transmitter in four-wire system with HART interface
Housing can be mounted on 35 mm rail or 32 mm G rail
Screw plug connector
All circuits electrically isolated
Output signal: 0/4 to 20 mA or 0/2 to 10 V
Power supplies: 115/230 V AC/DC or 24 V AC/DC
Explosion protection [EEx ia] or [EEx ib] for measurements
with sensors in the hazardous area
Temperature-linear characteristic for all temperature sensors
Temperature-linear characteristic can be selected for all tem-
perature sensors
Automatic correction of zero and span
Monitoring of sensor and cable for open-circuit and short- cir-
cuit
Sensor fault and/or limit can be output via an optional sensor
fault/limit monitor
Hardware write protection for HART communication
Diagnostic functions
Slave pointer functions
SIL1
Mode of operation

The signal output by a resistance-based sensor (two-wire, three-
wire, four-wire system), voltage source, current source or ther-
mocouple is converted by the analog-to-digital converter (1,
function diagram) into a digital signal. This is evaluated in the mi-
crocontroller (2), corrected according to the sensor characteris-
tic, and converted by the digital-to-analog converter (6) into an
output current (0/4 to 20 mA) or output voltage (0/2 to 10 V). The
sensor characteristics as well as the electronics data and the
data for the transmitter parameters are stored in the non-volatile
memory (3).
AC or DC voltages can be used as the power supply (13). Any
terminal connections are possible for the power supply as a re-
sult of the bridge rectifier in the power supply unit. The PE con-
ductor is required for safety reasons.
A HART modem or a HART communicator permit parameteriza-
tion of the transmitter using a protocol according to the HART
specification. The transmitter can be directly parameterized at
the point of measurement via the HART output terminals (10).
The operation indicator (4) identifies a fault-free or faulty operat-
ing state of the transmitter. The limit monitor (9) enables the sig-
naling of sensor faults and/or limit violations. In the case of a cur-
rent output, the current can be checked on a meter connected
to test socket (12).
Diagnosis and simulation functions
The SITRANS TW comes with extensive diagnosis and simula-
tion functions.
Physical values can be defined with the simulation function. It is
thus possible to check the complete signal path from the sensor
input to inside the control system without additional equipment.
The slave pointer functions are used to record the minimum and
maximum of the plants process variable.
HART modem/
communicator
Current test
0/4 ... 20 mA
Output
U or I
Power
sup-
ply
unit
EEPROM
7
3
13
U
H
A
D
6
5
C
A
12
11
10
A
D
RTD
TC
1
2
9
4
8
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TW
four-wire system, universal, HART
3/41
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Integration
System configuration

Possible system configurations
The SITRANS TW transmitter as a four-wire rail-mounted device
can be used in a number of system configurations: as a stand-
alone version or as part of a complex system environment, e.g.
with SIMATIC S7. All device functions are available via HART
communication.
Communication options through the HART interface:
HART communicator
HART modem connected to PC/laptop on which the appropri-
ate software is available, e.g. SIMATIC PDM
HART-compatible control system (e.g. SIMATIC S7-400 with
ET 200M)
Technical specifications

SITRANS TW
transmitter
Control system
or
Load
HART
communi-
cator
or
HART
modem
PC/laptop with
SIMATIC PDM
A
U
H
RS-232-C
SIMATIC S7-400
ET 200M
SIMATIC PDM
4...20 mA
Input
Selectable filters to suppress the
line frequency
50 Hz, 60 Hz, also 10 Hz for spe-
cial applications (line frequency
filter is similar with measuring fre-
quency)
Resistance thermometer
Measured variable Temperature
Measuring range Parameterizable
Measuring span min. 25 C (45 F) x 1/scaling fac-
tor
Sensor type
Acc. to IEC 751 Pt100 (IEC 751)
Acc. to JIS C 1604-81 Pt100 (JIS C1604-81)
to DIN 43760 Ni100 (DIN 43760)
Special type (R
RTD
500 ) Multiples or parts of the defined
characteristic values can be
parameterized (e.g. Pt500, Ni120)
Characteristic curve Temperature-linear, resistance-lin-
ear or customer-specific
Type of connection Normal connection
Sum or parallel connection
Mean-value or differential con-
nection
Interface 2, 3 or 4-wire circuit
Measuring range limits Depending on type of connected
thermometer (defined range of
resistance thermometer)
Sensor breakage monitoring Monitoring of all connections for
open-circuit (function can be
switched off)
Sensor short-circuit monitoring Parameterizable response thresh-
old (function can be switched off)
Resistance-based sensor, potenti-
ometer
Measured variable Actual resistance
Measuring range Parameterizable
Measuring span min. 10
Characteristic curve Resistance-linear or customer-
specific
Type of connection Normal connection
Differential connection
Mean-value connection
Interface 2, 3 or 4-wire circuit
Input range 0 ... 6000 ;
with mean-value and difference
circuits: 0 ... 3000
Sensor breakage monitoring Monitoring of all connections for
open-circuit (function can be
switched off)
Sensor short-circuit monitoring Parameterizable response thresh-
old (function can be switched off)
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TW
four-wire system, universal, HART
3/42
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Thermocouples
Measured variable Temperature
Measuring range Parameterizable
Measuring span min. 50 C (90 F) x 1/scaling fac-
tor
Measuring range limits Depend. on type of thermocouple
element
Thermocouple element Type B: Pt30 %Rh/Pt6 %Rh
(DIN IEC 584)
Type C: W5 %-Re (ASTM 988)
Type D: W3 %-Re (ASTM 988)
Type E: NiCr/CuNi (DIN IEC 584)
Type J: Fe/CuNi (DIN IEC 584)
Type K: NiCr/Ni (DIN IEC 584)
Type L: Fe-CuNi (DIN 43710)
Type N: NiCrSi-NiSi (DIN IEC 584)
Type R: Pt13 %Rh/Pt
(DIN IEC 584)
Type S: Pt10 %Rh/Pt
(DIN IEC 584)
Type T: Cu/CuNi (DIN IEC 584)
Type U: Cu/CuNi (DIN 43710)
Special type (-
10 mV UTC 100 mV)
Characteristic curve Temperature-linear, voltage-linear
or customer-specific
Type of connection Normal connection
Averaging connection
Mean-value connection
Differential connection
Cold junction compensation None, internal measurement,
external measurement or pre-
defined fixed value
Sensor breakage monitoring Function can be switched off
mV sensors
Measured variable DC voltage
Measuring range Parameterizable
Measuring span min. 4 mV
Input range -120 ... +1000mV
Characteristic curve Voltage-linear or customer-spe-
cific
Overload capacity of inputs max. 3.5 V
Input resistance 1 M
Sensor current Approx. 180 A
Sensor breakage monitoring Function can be switched off
V sources
Measured variable DC voltage
Measuring range Parameterizable
Characteristic curve Voltage-linear or customer-spe-
cific
Input range/min. span
Devices with 7NG3242-xxxx1 or
7NG3242-xxxx0 with U/I plug
-1.2 ... + 10 V/0.04 V
Devices with 7NG3242-xxxx2 -12 ... +100 V/0.4 V
Devices with 7NG3242-xxxx3 -120 ... +140 V/4.0 V
Sensor breakage monitoring Not possible
A-, mA sources
Measured variable DC voltage
Measuring range Parameterizable
Characteristic curve Current-linear or customer- specific
Input range/min. span
Devices with 7NG3242-xxxx4 -12 ... +100 A/0.4 A
Devices with 7NG3242-xxxx5 -120 ... +1000 A/4 A
Devices with 7NG3242-xxxx6 -1.2 ... +10 mA/0.04 mA
Devices with 7NG3242-xxxx7 or
7NG3242-xxxx0 with U/I plug
-12 ... +100 mA/0.4 mA
Devices with 7NG3242-xxxx8 -120 ... +1000 mA/4 mA
Sensor breakage monitoring Not possible
Output
Output signal Load-independent direct current
0/4 ... 20 mA, can be switched to
load-independent DC voltage 0/2
... 10 V using plug-in jumpers
Current 0/4 ... 20 mA
Overrange -0.5 ... +23.0 mA, continuously
adjustable
Output range following sensor
fault (conforming to NE43)
-0.5 ... +23.0 mA, continuously
adjustable
Load 650
No-load voltage 30 V
Voltage 0/2 ... 10 V
Overrange -0.25 ... +10.75 V, continuously
adjustable
Output range following sensor
fault
-0.25 ... +10.75 V, continuously
adjustable
Load resistance 1 k
Load capacitance 10 nF
Short-circuit current 100 mA (not permanently short-
circuit-proof)
Electrical damping
- adjustable time constant T
63
0 ... 100 s, in steps of 0.1 s
Current source/voltage source Continuously adjustable within
the total operating range
Sensor fault/limit signalling By operation indicator, relay out-
put or HART interface
Operation indicator Flashing signal
Limit violation Flashing frequency 5 Hz
Sensor fault monitoring Flashing frequency 1 Hz
Relay outputs Either as NO or NC contact with
1 changeover contact
Switching capacity 150 W, 625 VA
Switching voltage 125 V DC, 250 V AC
Switching current 2.5 A DC
Sensor fault monitoring Signalling of sensor or line break-
age and sensor short-circuit
Limit monitoring
Operating delay 0 ... 10 s
Monitoring functions of limit
module
Sensor fault (breakage and/or
short-circuit)
Lower and upper limit
Window (combination of lower
and upper limits)
Limit and sensor fault detection
can be combined
Hysteresis Parameterizable between 0 and
100 % of measuring range
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TW
four-wire system, universal, HART
3/43
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Auxiliary power
Universal power supply unit 115/230 V AC/DC or 24 V AC/DC
Tolerance range for power supply
With 115/230 V AC/DC PSU 80 ... 300 V DC; 90 ... 250 V AC
With 24 V AC/DC PSU 18 ... 80 V DC; 20.4 ... 55.2 V AC
(in each case interruption-resis-
tant up to 20 ms in the complete
tolerance range)
Tolerance range for mains frequency 47 ... 63 Hz
Power consumption with
230 V AC 5 VA
230 V DC 5 W
24 V AC 5 VA
24 V DC 5 W
Electrically isolated
Electrically isolated circuits Input, output, power supply and
sensor fault/limit monitoring out-
put are electrically isolated from
one another. The HART interface
is electrically connected to the
output.
Working voltage between all electri-
cally isolated circuits
The voltage U
rms
between any
two terminals must not exceed
300 V
Measuring accuracy
Accuracy
Error in the internal cold junction 3 C 0.1 C / 10 C
( 5.4 F 0.18 F / 18 F)
Error of external cold junction ter-
minal 7NG3092-8AV
0.5 C 0.1 C / 10 C
( 0.9 F 0.18 F / 18 F)
Digital output See "Digital error"
Analog output I
AN
or U
AN
0.05 % of the span plus digital
error
Influencing effects (referred to the
digital output)
Compared to the max. span:
Temperature drift 0.08 % / 10 C ( 0.08 % /18 F)
0.2 % in the range
-10 ... +60 C (14 ... 140 F)
Long-term drift 0.1 % / year
Influencing effects referred to the
analog output I
AN
or U
AN
Compared to the span:
Temperature drift 0.08 % / 10C ( 0.08 % / 18 F)
0.2 % in the range
-10 ... +60 C (14 ... 140 F)
Power supply 0.05 % / 10 V
Load with current output 0.05 % on change from 50 to
650
Load with voltage output 0.1 % on change in the load
current from 0 mA to 10 mA
Long-term drift (start-of-scale val-
ue, span)
0.03 % / month
Response time (T
63
without electri-
cal damping)
0.2 s
Electromagnetic compatibility According to EN 61 326 and
NAMUR NE21
Certificates and approvals
ATEX To DIN EN 50014: 1997,
EN 50020: 1994
Intrinsic safety to EN 50 020
for 7NG3242-xAxxx II (1) G D [EEx ia/ib ] IIB
for 7NG3242-xBxxx II (1) G D [EEx ia/ib ] IIC
EC type-examination certificate TV (German Technical Inspec-
torate) 01 ATEX 1675
Other certificates GOST
Conditions of use
Installation conditions
Location (for devices with explosion
protection)
Transmitters Outside the potentially explosive
atmosphere
Sensor Within the potentially explosive
atmosphere zone 1 (also in zone
0 in conjunction with the pre-
scribed protection requirements
for the sensor)
Ambient conditions
Permissible ambient temperature -25 ... +70 C (-13 ... +158 F)
Permissible storage temperature -40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
Climatic class
Relative humidity 5 ... 95 %, no condensation
Design
Weight Approx. 0.24 kg (0.53 lb)
Enclosure material PBT, glass-fibre reinforced
Degree of protection to IEC 529 IP20
Degree of protection to VDE 0100 Protection class I
Type of installation 35-mm DIN rail (1.38 inch)
(EN 50022) or 32-mm G-type rail
(1.26 inch) (EN 50035)
Electrical connection / process con-
nection
Screw plug connectors, max.
2.5 mm (0.01 inch)
Parameterization interface
Protocol HART, version 5.9
Load with connection of
HART communicator 230 ... 650
HART modem 230 ... 500
Software for PC/laptop SIMATIC PDM version V5.1 and
later
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TW
four-wire system, universal, HART
3/44
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Digital error
Resistance thermometer

Resistance-based sensors

Thermocouples

1)
Accuracy data refer to the largest error in the complete measuring range
Voltage/current sources

Input Measuring range Max. permissi-
ble line resis-
tance
Digital error
C / (F) C / (F)
IEC 751
Pt10 -200 ... +850
(-328 ... +1562)
20 3.0 (5.4)
Pt50 -200 ... +850
(-328 ... +1562)
50 0.6 (1.1)
Pt100 -200 ... +850
(-328 ... +1562)
100 0.3 (0.5)
Pt200 -200 ... +850
(-328 ... +1562)
100 0.6 (1.1)
Pt500 -200 ... +850
(-328 ... +1562)
100 1.0 (1.8)
Pt1000 -200 ... +850
(-328 ... +1562)
100 1.0 (1.8)
JIS C 1604-81
Pt10 -200 ... +649
(-328 ... +1200)
20 3.0 (5.4)
Pt50 -200 ... +649
(-328 ... +1200)
50 0.6 (1.1)
Pt100 -200 ... +649
(-328 ... +1200)
100 0.3 (0.5)
DIN 43760
Ni50 -60 ... +250
(-76 ... +482)
50 0.3 (0.5)
Ni100 -60 ... +250
(-76 ... +482)
100 0.3 (0.5)
Ni120 -60 ... +250
(-76 ... +482)
100 0.3 (0.5)
Ni1000 -60 ... +250
(-76 ... +482)
100 0.3 (0.5)
Input Measuring
range
Max. permissi-
ble line resis-
tance
Digital error

Resistance
(linear)
0 ... 24 5 0.08
0 ... 47 15 0.06
0 ... 94 30 0.06
0 ... 188 50 0.08
0 ... 375 100 0.1
0 ... 750 100 0.2
0 ... 1500 75 1.0
0 ... 3000 100 1.0
0 ... 6000 100 2.0
Input Measuring range Digital error
1)
C / (F) C (F)
Type B 0 ... +1820
(+32 ... +3308)
3 (5.4)
Type C 0 ... +2300
(+32 ... +4172)
2 (3.6)
Type D 0 ... +2300
(+32 ... +4172)
1 (1.8)
Type E -200 ... +1000
(-328 ... +1832)
1 (1.8)
Type J -210 ... +1200
(-346 ... +2192)
1 (1.8)
Type K -200 ... +1372
(-328 ... +2501)
1 (1.8)
Type L -200 ... +900
(-328 ... +1652)
2 (3.6)
Type N -200 ... +1300
(-328 ... +2372)
1 (1.8)
Type R -50 ... +1760
(-58 ... +3200)
2 (3.6)
Type S -50 ... +1760
(-58 ... +3200)
2 (3.6)
Type T -200 ... +400
(-328 ... +752)
1 (1.8)
Type U -200 ... +600
(-328 ... +1112)
2 (3.6)
Input Measuring range Digital error
mV sources (linear) mV V
-1 ... +16 35
-3 ... +32 20
-7 ... +65 20
-15 ... +131 50
-31 ... +262 100
-63 ... +525 200
-120 ... +1000 300
V sources (linear) V mV
-1.2 ... +10 3
-12 ... +100 30
-120 ... +140 300
A/mA sources
(linear)
A/mA A
-12 ... +100 A 0.05
-120 ... +1000 A 0.5
-1.2 ... +10 mA 5
-12 ... + 100 mA 50
-120 ... +1000 mA 500
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TW
four-wire system, universal, HART
3/45
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Ordering examples Ordering information
The order number structure shown below is used to specify a
fully functioning transmitter. The selection of the operating data
(type of source, measuring range, characteristic etc.) is made
according to the following rules:
Operating data already set in factory to default values:
The default settings can be obtained from the list of parame-
terizable operating data (see "Special operating data"). The
presets can be modified by the customer to match the require-
ments precisely.
Operating data set on delivery according to customer require-
ments:
Supplement the Order No. by "-Z" and add the Order code
"Y01". The operating data to be set can be obtained from the
list of parameterize operating data. The Order codes A 7 7 to
K 7 7 for operating data to be set need only be specified in the
order if they deviate from the default setting.
The default setting is used if no Order code is specified for op-
erating data.
The selected parameters are printed on the transmitter's rating
plate.
Desired transmitter Parameter: Ordering
design
Standard Special
Example 1:
SITRANS TW,
transmitter in four-wire system
7
N
G
3
2
4
2
-
1
A
A
0
0
(
s
t
o
c
k

i
t
e
m
)
with explosion protection ATEX
230 V AC/DC power supply
current output
without sensor fault/limit monitor
- Sensor PT100, three-wire circuit X
- Measuring range 0 ... 150 C X
- Temperature-linear characteristic X
- Filter time 1 s X
- Output 4 ... 20 mA, line filter 50 Hz X
- Output driven to full-scale in event
of like breakage
X
Example 2:
SITRANS TW,
transmitter in four-wire system
7
N
G
3
2
4
2
-
0
B
B
1
0
-
Z
Y
0
1

+

S
7
6

+

A
0
5

+

Y
3
0

+

H
1
0
Y
0
1
:

s
e
e

O
r
d
e
r

c
o
d
e
Y
3
0
:

M
A
=
0
;

M
E
=

9
5
0
;

D
=
C
without explosion protection
24 V AC/DC power supply
Voltage output
Sensor fault/limit monitor
- Rating plate in English S76
- Sensor NiCr/Ni, type K A05
- Cold junction internal X
- Measuring range 0 ... 950 C Y30
- Temperature-linear characteristic X
- Filter time 1 s X
- Output 0 ... 10 V, line filter 50 Hz H10
- Output driven to full-scale in event
of like breakage
X
- Limit monitoring switched off X
Example 3:
SITRANS TW,
transmitter in four-wire system
7
N
G
3
2
4
2
-
0
B
A
0
1
-
Z
Y
0
1

+

A
4
0

+

Y
3
2

+

G
0
7

+

H
1
1

+

J
0
3
Y
0
1
:

s
e
e

O
r
d
e
r

c
o
d
e
Y
3
2
:

M
A
=
0
;

M
E
=

5
;

D
=
V
without explosion protection
24 V AC/DC power supply
Current output
without sensor fault/limit monitor
- Voltage input, measuring
range -1.2 V ... +10 V
A40
- Measuring range 0 ... 5 V Y32
- Source-proportional characteristic X
- Filter time 10 s G07
- Output 0 ... 20 mA, line filter 60 Hz H11
- No monitoring for sensor fault (X) J03
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TW
four-wire system, universal, HART
3/46
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
} Available ex stock.
D) Subject to export regulations AL:N, ECCN: EAR99H.
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
SITRANS TW universal transmitter
for rail mounting, in four-wire system
(order instruction manual separately)
} 7 NG 3 2 4 2 - 77777
Explosion protection
without } 0
for inputs [EEx ia] or [EEx ib] } 1
Power supply
115/230 V AC/DC } A
24 V AC/DC } B
Output signal
0/4 ... 20 mA (can be switched to 0/2 ... 10 V) } A
0/2 ... 10 V (can be switched to 0/4 ... 20 mA) B
Sensor fault/limit monitor
without (retrofitting not possible) } 0
relay with changeover contact 1
Input for
Temperature sensor, resistance-based sen-
sor and mV sensor with measuring range
-120 ... +1000 mV DC and with U/I plug
} 0
Voltage input (V sources)
1)
Measuring range:
1)
Observe max. values with Ex version.
- -1.2 ... +10 V DC 1
- -12 ... +100 V DC (not Ex version) 2
- -120 ... +140 V DC (not Ex version) 3
Current input (A, mA sources)
1)
Measuring range:
- -12 ... +100 A DC 4
- -120 ... +1000 A DC 5
- -1.2 ... +10 mA DC 6
- -12 ... +100 mA DC 7
- -120 ... +1000 mA DC 8
Further designs Order code
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify
Order code(s) (see "List of parameterizable
operating data").
Customer-specific setting of operating data
(see "List of parameterizable operating
data")
Note:
specify in plain text: see Order code
Y01
Meas. point description (max. 16 char.) Y23
Text on front of device (max. 32 char.) Y24
HART tag (max. 8 characters) Y25
with test report P01
with shorting plug to HART communication
for 0 mA or 0 V
S01
with plug for external cold junction compen-
sation
S02
with U/I plug
(-1.2 ... +10 V DC or -12 ... +100 mA)
S03
Language of rating plate
(together with Y01 order code only)
Italian S72
English S76
French S77
Spanish S78
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Accessories
CD for measuring instruments for
temperature
} A5E00364512
with documentation in German, English,
French, Spanish, Italian, Portuguese and
SIPROM T parameterization software
Instruction Manual for SITRANS TW
German/English } A5E00054075
French/Italian/Spanish } A5E00064515
Cold junction terminal } 7NG3092-8AV
U/I plug
(-1.2 ... +10 V DC pr -12 ... +100 mA)
} 7NG3092-8AW
SIMATIC PDM operating software see Chapter 9
HART modem
with RS232 interface }
D)
7MF4997-1DA
with USB interface }
D)
7MF4997-1DB
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TW
four-wire system, universal, HART
3/47
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
List of parameterizable operating data (Order codes A 7 7 + B 7 7 ... E 7 7)
Operating data acc. to default setting Order No. with Order code: 7NG3242 - 7 7 7 7 7 -Z Y01
Order codes: A 7 7 ... E 7 7 777 + 777 + 777 + 777 + 777
Sensor
Thermocouples Connection Cold junction
compensation
Measuring
ranges Type Temperature range
B: Pt30 %Rh/Pt6 %Rh 0 ... 1820 C A 0 0 Standard B 0 1 None C 0 0 -30 ... +60 C
-20 ... +20 C
0 ... 40 C
0 ... 60 C
0 ... 80 C
0 ... 100 C
0 ... 120 C
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
C:W5 %Re 0 ... 2300 C A 0 1 Sum n
1)
n = 2 B 0 2 Internal C 1 0
D:W3 %Re 0 ... 2300 C A 0 2 ... . . . Fixed val. 0 C C 2 0
E:NiCr/CuNi -200 ... +1000 C A 0 3 n = 10 B 1 0 20 C C 2 2
J:Fe/CuNi (IEC) -210 ... +1200 C A 0 4 Difference
2)
Diff1 B 3 1 50 C C 2 5
K:NiCr/Ni -200 ... +1372 C A 0 5 Diff2 B 3 2 60 C C 2 6
L: Fe/CuNi (DIN) -200 ... +900 C A 0 6 Mean-val.
2)
MW B 4 1 70 C C 2 7
N:NiCrSi/NiSi -200 ... +1300 C A 0 7 Special value
7)
Y 1 0 0 ... 150 C E 0 7
R:Pt13 %Rh/Pt -50 ... +1760 C A 0 8 External meas.
(through Pt100
DIN IEC 751)
7)
Y 1 1 0 ... 200 C
0 ... 250 C
0 ... 300 C
0 ... 350 C
0 ... 400 C
0 ... 450 C
0 ... 500 C
0 ... 600 C
0 ... 700 C
0 ... 800 C
0 ... 900 C
0 ... 1000 C
0 ... 1200 C
0 ... 1400 C
0 ... 1600 C
0 ... 1800 C
50 ... 100 C
50 ... 150 C
100 ... 200 C
100 ... 300 C
100 ... 400 C
200 ... 300 C
200 ... 400 C
200 ... 500 C
300 ... 600 C
500 ... 1000 C
600 ... 1200 C
800 ... 1600 C
Special range
7)
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
Y
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
0
S:Pt10 %Rh/Pt -50 ... +1760 C A 0 9
T:Cu/CuNi (IEC) -200 ... +400 C A 1 0
U:Cu/CuNi (DIN) -200 ... +600 C A 1 1
Resistance thermometer
(or max. permissible line resistance see
Technical specifications)
Connection Connection Line resis-
tance
3)
Pt100 (DIN IEC) -200 ... +850 C A 2 0 Standard B 0 1 2-wire-system C 3 2 0 D 0 0
Pt100 (JIS) -200 ... +649 C A 2 1 Sum n
4)
n = 2 B 0 2 3-wire-system C 3 3 10 D 1 0
Ni100 (DIN) -60 ... +250 C A 2 2 ... . . . 4-wire-system C 3 4 20 D 2 0
n = 10 B 1 0 50 D 5 0
Parallel n
5)
n = 0.1 B 2 1 Special val.
7)
Y 2 0
n= 0.2 B 2 2
n= 0.5 B 2 5
Special value
6)

7)
Y 0 0
Difference
2)
Diff1 B 5 1
Diff2 B 5 2
Mean-val.
2)
MW B 6 1
Resistance-based sensors, potentiome-
ters
Connection Connection Line resis-
tance
3)
Measuring
ranges
(or max. permissible line resistance see
Technical specifications)
A 3 0 Standard B 0 1 2-wire-system C 3 2 0 D 0 0 0 ... 100 E 4 0
Difference
2)
Diff1 B 5 1 3-wire-system C 3 3 10 D 1 0 0 ... 200 E 4 1
Diff2 B 5 2 4-wire-system C 3 4 20 D 2 0 0 ... 500 E 4 2
Mean val.
2)
MW B 6 1 50 D 5 0 0 ... 1000 E 4 3
Special val.
7)
Y 2 0 0 ... 2500 E 4 4
0 ... 5000
8)
E 4 5
0 ... 6000
8)
E 4 6
Special range
7)
Y 3 1
mV, V and A, mA sensors
9)
A 4 0 Meas. range with Order No. 7NG 3242 - 7 7 777 -Z Y01 E 5 0
0 -120 ... +1000 mV
1)
n = number of thermocouple elements to be connected in series
2)
See Circuit diagrams for meaning of type circuit
3)
Line resistance of channels 1 and 2, for max. permissible line resistance see
Technical specifications (only with C32, not with C33 and C34)
4)
n = number of resistance thermometers to be connected in series
5)
1/n = number of resistance thermometers to be connected in parallel
6)
Combination of series and parallel connection of resistance thermometers
7)
Operating data: see Special operating data
8)
This range does not apply to mean-value and difference circuits.
9)
The max. permissible currents and voltages according to conformity cer-
tificate must be observed in devices with explosion protection.
10)
Without detection of line breakage
1 -1,2 ... +10 V
10)
2 -12 ... +100 V
10)
3 -120 ... +140 V
10)
4 -12 ... +100 A
10)
5 -120 ... +1000 A
10)
6 -1,2 ... +10 mA
10)
7 -12 ... +100 mA
10)
8 -120 ... +1000 mA
10)
Special range
7)
Y 3 2
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TW
four-wire system, universal, HART
3/48
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
List of parameterizable operating data (Order codes F 7 7 ... K 7 7)
Operating data according to default setting Order No. with Order code: 7NG3242 - 7 7 7 7 7 -Z Y01
Order codes: F 7 7 ... K 7 7 777 + 777 + 777 + 777 + 777
Sensor
Thermocouple elements Voltage
measure-
ment
Filter
time
1)
Output sig-
nal and line
filter
2)
Failure signal Limit
monitor
3)
Type Temperature range
B: Pt30 %Rh/ 0 ... 1820 C A 0 0 Temperature-
linear
F 0 0 0 s G 0 0 4 ... 20 mA/
2 ... 10 V
with line filter:
with line break-
age/fault:
Limit monitor-
ing ineffective
(but sensor
fault signalling
with closed-
circuit opera-
tion)
K 0 0
C:W5 %Re 0 ... 2300 C A 0 1 0.1 s G 0 1
D:W3 %Re 0 ... 2300 C A 0 2 Voltage-
linear
F 1 0 0.2 s G 0 2
E:NiCr/CuNi -200 ... +1000 C A 0 3 0.5 s G 0 3 50 Hz H 0 0 to full scale J 0 0
J:Fe/CuNi (IEC) -210 ... +1200 C A 0 4 1 s G 0 4 60 Hz H 0 1 to start of scale J 0 1
K:NiCr/Ni -200 ... +1372 C A 0 5 2 s G 0 5 10 Hz
4)
H 0 2 hold last value J 0 2
L: Fe/CuNi (DIN) -200 ... +900 C A 0 6 5 s G 0 6 0 ... 20 mA/
0 ... 10 V
with line filter:
N:NiCrSi/NiSi -200 ... +1300 C A 0 7 10 s G 0 7 no monitoring J 0 3
R:Pt13 %Rh/Pt -50 ... +1760 C A 0 8 20 s G 0 8 Effective
5)
Y 7 0
S:Pt10 %Rh/Pt -50 ... +1760 C A 0 9 50 s G 0 9 50 Hz H 1 0 Safety value
5)
Y 6 0
T:Cu/CuNi (IEC) -200 ... +400 C A 1 0 100 s G 1 0 60 Hz H 1 1
U:Cu/CuNi (DIN) -200 ... +600 C A 1 1 Special
time
5)
Y 5 0 10 Hz H 1 2
Resistance thermometer
(max. permissible line resistances see
Technical specifications)
Voltage
measure-
ment
Filter
time
1)
same as for
thermocou-
ple ele-
ments
Output sig-
nal and line
filter
2)
same as for
thermocou-
ple elements
Failure signal Limit
monitor
3)
same as for
thermocouple
elements
Pt100 (DIN IEC) -200 ... +850 C A 2 0 Temperature-
linear
F 0 0 with line break-
age/fault: Pt100 (JIS) -200 ... +649 C A 2 1
Ni100 (DIN) -60 ... +250 C A 2 2 Resistance-
linear
F 2 0 to full scale J 0 0
to start of scale J 0 1
hold last value J 0 2
no monitoring J 0 3
Safety value
5)
Y 6 0
with line break-
age or short-cir-
cuit/fault:
to full scale J 1 0
to start of scale J 1 1
hold last value J 1 2
no monitoring J 1 3
Safety value
5)
Y 6 1
Resistance-based sensors, potenti-
ometers
Voltage
measure-
ment
Filter
time
1)
same as for
thermocou-
ple ele-
ments
Output sig-
nal and line
filter
2)
same as for
thermocou-
ple elements
Failure signal Limit
monitor
3)
same as for
thermocouple
elements
(max. permissible line resistances see
Technical specifications)
A 3 0 Resistance-
linear
F 2 0 with line break-
age/fault:
to full scale J 0 0
to start of scale J 0 1
hold last value J 0 2
no monitoring J 0 3
Safety value
5)
Y 6 0
mV, V and A, mA sources A 4 0 Voltage
measure-
ment
Filter
time
1)
same as for
thermocou-
ple ele-
ments
Output sig-
nal and line
filter
2)
same as for
thermocou-
ple elements
Limit
monitor
3)
same as for
thermocouple
elements
Source pro-
portional
F 3 0
1)
Software filter to smooth the result
2)
Filter to suppress line disturbances on the measured signal.
3)
If signalling relay present
4)
for special appliciations
5)
Operating data: see Special operating data
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TW
four-wire system, universal, HART
3/49
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Special operating data
Order
code
Plain text
required
Options
Y00 N=. Factor N for multiplication with the charac-
teristic values of resistance thermometers
Range of values: 0.10 to 10.00
1. Example: 3 x Pt500 parallel:
N = 5/3 = 1.667;
2. Example: Ni120: N = 1.2
Y10 TV=. Temperature TV of the fixed cold junction
D= Dimension; range of values: C, K, F, R
Y11 RL=. Line resistance RL in for compensation of
cold junction line of external Pt100
DIN IEC 751
Range of values: 0.00 to 100.00
Y20 RL1=.
RL2=.
Line resistances RL of channel 1 (RL1) and
channel 2 (RL2) in if the resistance ther-
mometer or the resistance-based sensor is
connected in a two-wire system
Range of values depending on type of sen-
sor: 0.00 to 100.00
Y30 MA=.
ME=.
Start-of-scale value MA and full-scale value
ME for thermocouples and resistance ther-
mometers
(Range of values depending on type of sen-
sor)
D= Dimension, range of values: C, K, F, R)
Y31 MA=.
ME=.
Start-of-scale value MA and full-scale value
ME for resistance-based sensors or potenti-
ometers in
Range of values: 0.00 to 6,000.00
Y32 MA=.
ME=.
D=
Start-of-scale value MA and full-scale value
ME for mV, V, A and mA sources
Range of values depending on type of sen-
sor: -120.00 to 1,000.00
Dimension (mV entered as MV, V as V,
A as UA, mA as MA)
Y50 T63=. Response time T63 of software filter in s
Range of values: 0.0 to 100.0
Safety value S of signal output in mA or in V
corresponding to the set type of output.
Range of values
- with current output: -0.50 to 23.00
- with voltage output: -0.25 to 10.75
Y60 S=. Safety value S with line breakage of sensor
Y61 S=. Safety value S with line breakage or short-
circuit of sensor
Y70 UG=.
OG=.
H=.
K=
A=
T=.
Lower limit value (dimension as defined by
measuring range)
Upper limit value (dimension as defined by
measuring range)
Hysteresis (dimension as defined by mea-
suring range)
Switch on/off combination of limit function
and sensor fault detection; J=on; N=off
(standard: J)
Type of relay output: A=open-circuit opera-
tion; R=closed-circuit operation (standard: R)
Switching delay T of relay output in s
Range of values: 0.0 to 10.0 (standard: 0.0)
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TW
four-wire system, universal, HART
3/50
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Schematics
Sensor input connections

Connection diagram for the input signal
Channel 1 is the measured variable between the terminals 2 and 3 on the input plug. With a difference or mean-value circuit, the
calculation of the measured value is defined by the type of measurement. Otherwise the measured value is determined via channel
1. The following code is used for the type of measurement:

The short-circuit jumpers shown in the circuits must be inserted
in the respective system on site.
Further sources:
9 mV sources with two-wire system
(7NG3242-xxxx0)
10 V sources with two-wire system
(7NG3242-xxxx[1-3])
11 mA/mA sources with two-wire system
(7NG3242-xxxx[4-8])
12 Voltage measurement -1,2 to 10 V with U/I
plug 7NG3092-8AW (7NG3242-xxxx0)
13 Current measurement -12 to 100 mA with
U/I plug 7NG3092-8AW (7NG3242-xxxx0)
Thermocouples:
5 Determination of cold junction temperature using
built-in Pt100 or fixed reference temperature
6 Determination of cold junction temperature using
external Pt100; resistance can be parameterized
for line compensation
7 Determination of cold junction temperature using
cold junction terminal 7NG3092-8AV
8 Difference/mean-value circuit with internal cold
junction temperature
Resistance thermometers, resistance-based
sensors, potentiometers:
1 Two-wire system; resistance can be
parameterized for line compensation
2 Three-wire system
3 Four-wire system
4 Difference/mean-value circuit; 2
resistors can be parameterized
for line compensation
R, RTD R, RTD R1, RTD1 R2, RTD2
TC
Pt100
TC1
TC2
TC
7NG3092-8AV
R, RTD
TC
-120 ... 1000 mV
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
9 10 11
12 13
7NG3092-8AW
-1,2 ... 10 V
-12 ... 100 mA
l+ l- U+ U-
4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1
+ -
+ -
4 3 2 4 3 2 1
+ -
4 3 2 1 1
+ -
4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1
+ -
Pt10 + -
4 3 2 1
4 1
4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1
+ -
+
-
4 3 2 1
+ -
- +
type of measurement Calculation of measured value
Single channel Channel 1
Differential connection 1 Channel 1 - Channel 2
Differential connection 2 Channel 2 - Channel 1
Mean-value 1 (Channel 1 + Channel 2)
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TW
four-wire system, universal, HART
3/51
Siemens FI 01 2011
3

Connection diagram for power supply, input and outputs
Relay outputs
Dimensional drawings

Dimensions for control room mounting, rail mounting in mm (inches)
Connected terminals
Closed-circuit operation (relay opens when
error)
Device switched off 10 and 11
Device switched on and no error 9 and 11
Device switched on and error 10 and 11
Open-circuit operation (relay closes when
error)
Device switched off 10 and 11
Device switched on and no error 10 and 11
Device switched on and error 9 and 11
1 to 4 Signal input (see "Sensor input connections" for possible
types of connection)
5, 6 Analog output (U or I output parameterizable using plug-in
jumpers)
7, 8 Connection with HART communication for local
parameterization
9 to 11 Output for sensor fault/limit monitor as relay contact
(see below for possible parameterization)
12 PE connection
13, 14 Power supply input (protected against reverse polarity)
Relay output HART
Sensor Limit
monitor
HART/ Power supply
connection
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
U
H
+ -
+ -
~ ~
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for field mounting
SITRANS TF280
WirelessHART
3/52
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Overview

SITRANS TF280 for flexible and cost-effective temperature mea-
surements
Supports the WirelessHART standard (HART V 7.1)
Very high security level for wireless data transmission
Built-in local user interface (LUI) with 3-button operation
Optimum representation and readability using graphical dis-
play (104 x 80 pixels) with integrated backlight
Stand-by (deep sleep phase) mode can be turned on and off
with push of a button
Battery power supply
Battery life time up to 5 years
Extend battery life time with HART modem interface which can
be switch off
Optimized power consumption through new design, and in-
crease in battery life time
Simple configuration thanks to SIMATIC PDM
Housing meets IP65 degree of protection
Supports all Pt100 sensors as per IEC 751/DIN EN 60751
Benefits
The SITRANS TF280 is a temperature transmitter that features
WirelessHART as the standard communication interface.
Also available is a wired interface to connect a HART modem:
Flexible temperature measurement
Save costs on wiring at difficult installation conditions. Wire-
less technology offers cost advantages in cases where exten-
sive wiring costs would normally apply.
It enables additional hitherto unfeasible measuring points,
particularly for monitoring purposes
Easy installation also on moveable equipment parts
Enables cost-effective temporary measurements, for example
for process optimizations.
Optimum solution in addition to wired communication and for
system solutions in process automation
Application
The SITRANS TF280 is a WirelessHART field device for temper-
ature measurement with a Pt100 sensor.
This sensor can be installed directly on the field device, or con-
nected at an offset with a cable connection. On the wireless
communication side, the transmitter supports the WirelessHART
standard. A HART modem can be connected to the transmitter
particularly for initial parameterization. Alternatively the device
can be commissioned comfortably by means of the local push-
buttons w/o any additional handset devices.
It can be used in all industries and applications in non-explosive
areas.
Design
The SITRANS TF280 has a robust aluminum enclosure and is
suitable for outside use. It conforms with the IP65 safety class.
The operation temperature range is -40 to +80 C
(-40 to +176 F). Power supply is provided through an integrated
battery, which is available as an accessory. The device is only
approved for operation with this battery.
The antenna features a rotatable joint which can be used for
directional alignment. Wireless signals can thus be optimally
received and transmitted.
A special highlight is the possibility to operate directly on the
device with 3 push buttons. It perfectly matches the strategy of
all new Siemens field devices.
Using the devices push buttons, it is easy to turn the HART
modem interface of the device on and off. The device can be put
to passive status and reactivated at any time. This helps to
extend the life time of the battery.
The SITRANS TF280 transmitter features a cable gland or a
Pt100 sensor including protective piping.
Function
The SITRANS TF280 can join to a WirelessHART network. It can
be parameterized and operated through this network. Measured
process values are transmitted via the network to the
SIEMENS IE/WSN-PA LINK.
Field device data received by the IE/WSN-PA LINK is transmitted
to the connected systems, for example the process control sys-
tem SIMATIC PCS 7. For an introduction of WirelessHART,
please see the FI 01 catalogue Sec. 9 or
www.siemens.com/wirelesshart.
Detailed information on IE/WSN-PA LINK can be found in the
FI 01 catalogue Sec. 9 or www.siemens.com/wirelesshart.
Integration
Connecting to SIMATIC PCS 7
The integration of field devices in SIMATIC PCS 7 and other pro-
cess control systems can be now done seamlessly and cost-ef-
fectively with wireless technology, especially in situations where
high wiring costs may be expected. Of particular interest are
measuring points which are to be added and for which no wiring
is available.
Where larger distances between the IE/WSN-PA LINK and con-
trol systems need to be overcome, this connection can also be
implemented on a wireless and cost-effective basis using the
SCALANCE W series of products. Siemens WirelessHART de-
vices operate with optimum coexistence to SCALANCE W family
products.
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for field mounting
SITRANS TF280
WirelessHART
3/53
Siemens FI 01 2011
3

Integration of a meshed network into SIMATIC PCS 7
Configuration
Configuration of the SITRANS TF280 transmitter may be carried
out as follows:
Initial commissioning for the SITRANS TF280 with SIMATIC
PDM is generally carried out via a HART modem or the inte-
grated local user interface, since the network ID and join Key
must be set up on the device before it can be accepted and
integrated into the WirelessHART network.
Once it is integrated into the network, the device can be con-
veniently operated with the WirelessHART network or onsite
with a HART modem or via the local user interface.
Technical specifications
The SITRANS TF280 can be mechanically installed in two ways:
Direct at the measuring point with a M20x1.5 thread.
A connection to other threads can be done via the adapter.
Remotely from the Pt100 sensor, which is connected to the
transmitter via a cable.
The data in the following table refer to the transmitter only ex-
cluding a connected sensor, except as noted otherwise.

SIMATIC
system
SIMATIC ET 200
with HART support
ES OS MS
IE/WSN-
PA LINK
SITRANS
AW200
SITRANS
TF280
SITRANS
P280
DP/PA
LINK
Industrial Ethernet
P
R
O
F
I
B
U
S
Wireless
HART
PROFIBUS PA
Input
Sensor
Sensor type Pt100 as per
IEC 751/DIN EN 60751
1)
Connection Two, three or four-wire system
Measuring range -200 ... +850 C (-328 ... 1560 F)
Cable length SITRANS TF280 and
Pt100 sensor element
3 m
Measuring accuracy
2)
Accuracy < 0.04 % of the measured value
Long-term drift < 0.035 % of the measuring range
in first year
Ambient temperature effect max. 0.1 C/10 K
Rated conditions
Ambient temperature -40 ... +80 C (-40 ... +176 F)
Storage temperature -40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
Relative humidity < 95%
Climatic class 4K4H in accordance with
EN 60721-3-4
(stationary use at locations not pro-
tected against weather)
Degree of protection IP65/NEMA 4
Max. permissible temperature at
transmitter for directly mounted
Pt100
80 C (176 F)
Design
Enclosure Die-cast aluminum
Shock resistance in accordance with
DIN EN 60068-2-29 / 03.95
Resistance to vibration DIN EN 60068-2-6/12.07
20 f 2000 Hz
0.01 g/Hz
Weight
without battery 1.5 kg (3.3 lb)
with battery 1.6 kg (3.5 lb)
Dimensions (W x H x D) See "Dimensional drawing"
Thread for cable gland/
sensor connection
M20x1.5
other threads via adapter
Cable between transmitter and
sensor element
3 m fr two-, three- or four-wire
connections
Cable resistance < 1 (setting
range in m 0...9999)
Sensor break Recognized
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for field mounting
SITRANS TF280
WirelessHART
3/54
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
D) Subject to export regulations AL:N, ECCN: EAR99H.
F) Subject to export regulations AL:9I999, ECCN: N.
Displays and controls
Display (with illumination)
Size of display 104 x 80 pixels
Number of digits Adjustable
Number of spaces after comma Adjustable
Setting options on site with 3 push buttons
with SIMATIC PDM or HART Com-
municator
Auxiliary power
Battery 3.6 V DC
Communication
Wireless standard WirelessHART V7.1 conforming
Transmission frequency band 2.4 GHz (ISM-Band)
Range under reference conditions Up to 250 m (line of sight) in out-
side areas
Up to 50 m (greatly dependent on
obstacles) in Inside areas
Communication interfaces HART communication with HART
modem
WirelessHART
Certificates and approvals
Wireless communication approvals R&TTE
FCC
Classification according to pressure
equipment directive
(PED 97/23/EC)
This device does not fall under the
pressure equipment directive
1)
Pre-mounted Pt100: Class A (maximum MES: 0.15 + 0.002*|t| C)
2)
Calculation for errors:
Probable total error = (MES
2
+ AET
2
+ LTD
2
+ ATE
2
)
Max. error = MES + AET + LTD + ATE
|t|: Absolut value of measured temperature
MES: Measurement error of sensor
AET: Accuracy error transmitter
LTD: Long term drift
ATE: Ambient temperature drift
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
SITRANS TF280 WirelessHART Temperature
transmitter
(Required battery not included with delivery, see
accessories)
} D) 7 MP 1 1 1 0 -
0 A777 - 0 77 0
Connections/cable entry
Cable gland M20x1.5
1)
1)
Please order sensor separately.
C
Sensor pipe with Pt100, G" male thread, pre-
mounted and connected
D
Display
Digital display, visible 1
Enclosure
Die-cast aluminum 1
Explosion protection
Not included
A
Antenna
Variable, attached to device A
Further designs Order code
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order
code(s) and plain text.
Measuring point number (TAG Nr.)
max. 16 digits entered in plain text
Y15: ....................
Y15
Measuring point message
max. 27 characters entered in plain text: Y16:
....................
Y16
Accessories Order No.
Lithium battery for SITRANS TF280/P280 } D) 7MP1990-0AA00
Mounting bracket, steel 7MF4997-1AC
Mounting bracket, stainless steel } 7MF4997-1AJ
Cover, die-cast aluminum, without window } F) 7MF4997-1BB
Cover, die-cast aluminum, with window F) 7MF4997-1BE
Thread adapter M20x1.5 (male thread) on -14
NP (female thread)
} 7MP1990-0BA00
Thread adapter M20x1.5 (male thread) on GB
(female thread)
} 7MP1990-0BB00
IE/WSN-PA Link see Sec. 9
HART modem with RS232 interface } D) 7MF4997-1DA
HART modem with USB interface } 7MF4997-1DB
SIMATIC PDM see Sec. 9
} Available ex stock
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for field mounting
SITRANS TF280
WirelessHART
3/55
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Dimensional drawings

SITRANS TF280 WirelessHART temperature transmitter with Pt100, dimensions in mm (inch).
Please see the dimensional drawing of the mounting bracket on page 2/146.
Antenna
Pt100
S
W
2
7
9
0

130 (5.12)
1
1
2

(
4
.
4
)
2
4
2

(
9
.
5
)
5
2

(
2
.
0
5
)
101 (3.98)

8

(
0
.
3
2
)
G

B
14 (0.55)
352 (13.9)
154 (6.06)

8
0

(
3
.
1
5
)
80 (3.15)
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for field mounting
SITRANS TF280
WirelessHART
3/56
Siemens FI 01 2011
3

SITRANS TF280 WirelessHART temperature transmitter, dimensions in mm (inch)
Please see the dimensional drawing of the mounting bracket on page 2/146.
Cable gland
for cable 6 ... 12 mm
(0.24 ... 0.47 inch)
Antenna
9
0

130 (5.12)
1
1
2

(
4
.
4
)
2
4
2

(
9
.
5
)

5
2

(
2
.
0
5
)
264 (10.4)
154 (6.06)

8
0

(
3
.
1
5
)
80 (3.15)
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitter for field mounting/field indicator
SITRANS TF - Transmitter, two-wire system and
SITRANS TF - Field indicator for 4 to 20 mA
3/57
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Overview

Our field devices for heavy industrial use
HART, Universal
4 to 20 mA, universal
Field indicator for 4 to 20 mA signals
The temperature transmitter SITRANS TF works where others
feel uncomfortable.
Benefits
Universal use
- as transmitter for resistance thermometer, thermocouple ele-
ment, or mV signal
- as field indicator for any 4 to 20 mA signals
Local sensing of measured values over digital display
Rugged two-chamber enclosure in die-cast aluminium or
stainless steel
Degree of protection IP67
Test terminals for direct read-out of the output signal without
breaking the current loop
Can be mounted elsewhere if the measuring point
- is hard to access,
- is subject to high temperatures,
- is subject to vibrations from the system,
- or if you want to avoid long neck tubes and/or protective
tubes.
Can be mounted directly on American-design sensors
Wide range of approvals for use in potentially explosive atmo-
spheres. "Intrinsically safe, non-sparking and flameproof" type
of protections, for Europe and USA.
SIL2 (with order code C20), SIL2/3 (with C23)
Application
SITRANS TF can be used everywhere where temperatures need
to be measured under particularly adverse conditions, or where
a convenient local display is ideal. Which is why users from all
industries have opted for this field device. The rugged enclosure
protects the electronics. The stainless steel model is almost
completely resistant to sea water and other aggressive ele-
ments. The inner workings offer high measuring accuracy, uni-
versal input and a wide range of diagnostic options.
Function
Configuration
The communication capability over the HART protocol V 5.9 of
the SITRANS TF with an integrated SITRANS TH300 permits pa-
rameterization using a PC or HART communicator (hand-held
communicator). The SIMATIC PDM makes it easy.
Parameterization is carried out using a PC for SITRANS TF with
the integrated and programmable SITRANS TK. Available for
this purpose are a special modem and the software tool
SIPROM T.
Mode of operation
Mode of operation of SITRANS TF as temperature transmitter
The sensor signal, whether resistance thermometer, thermocou-
ple element or or mV signal, is amplified and linearized. Sen-
sor and output side are electrically isolated. An internal cold
junction is integrated for measurements with thermocouple ele-
ments.
The device outputs a temperature-linear direct current of 4 to
20 mA. As well as the analog transmission of measured values
from 4 to 20 mA, the HART version also supports digital commu-
nication for online diagnostics, measured value transmission
and configuration.
SITRANS TF automatically detects when a sensor should be in-
terrupted or is indicating a short-circuit. The practical test termi-
nals allow direct measurement of 4 to 20 mA signals over an am-
meter without interrupting the output current loop.
Mode of operation of SITRANS TF as field indicator
Any 4 to 20 mA signal can be applied to the generous terminal
block. As well as a range of predefined measurement units, the
adjustable indicator also supports the input of customized units.
This means that any 4 to 20 mA signal can be represented as
any type of unit, e.g. pressure, flow rate, filling level or tempera-
ture.

Mode of operation: SITRANS TF with integrated transmitter and digital
display
1 Analog-to- digital converter
2 Electrical isolation
3 Microprocessor
4 Digital-to-analog converter
5 Power supply
6 PC/Laptop
7 HART modem
8 Digital display (option)
9 Test connector
Sensor
Power supply
Load
0000
00C
TC RTD
A
A
D
D
P
SITRANS TF
SITRANS TH300
1 3 4
2
5
6
7
8
9
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitter for field mounting/field indicator
SITRANS TF - Transmitter, two-wire system and
SITRANS TF - Field indicator for 4 to 20 mA
3/58
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Technical specifications

Input
Resistance thermometer
Measured variable Temperature
Sensor type
to IEC 60751 Pt25 Pt1000
to JIS C 1604; a=0.00392 K-1 Pt25 Pt1000
to IEC 60751 Ni25 Ni1000
Units C and F
Connection
Normal connection 1 resistance thermometer (RTD)
in 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire system
Generation of average value Series or parallel connection of
several resistance thermometers in
a two-wire system for the genera-
tion of average temperatures or for
adaptation to other device types
Generation of difference 2 resistance thermometers (RTD)
in 2-wire system (RTD 1 RTD 2
or RTD 2 RTD 1)
Interface
Two-wire system Parameterizable line resistance
100 (loop resistance)
Three-wire system No balancing required
Four-wire system No balancing required
Sensor current 0.45 mA
Response time 250 ms for 1 sensor with open-
circuit monitoring
Open-circuit monitoring Always active (cannot be dis-
abled)
Short-circuit monitoring can be switched on/off (default
value: ON)
Measuring range parameterizable (see table "Digi-
tal measuring errors")
Min. measured span 10 C (18 F)
Characteristic curve Temperature-linear or special
characteristic
Resistance-based sensors
Measured variable Actual resistance
Sensor type Resistance-based, potentiome-
ters
Units
Connection
Normal connection 1 resistance-based sensor (R) in
2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire system
Generation of average value 2 resistance-based sensors in
2-wire system for generation of
average value
Generation of difference 2 resistance-based sensor in
2-wire system (R 1 R 2 or
R 2 R 1)
Interface
Two-wire system Parameterizable line resistance
100 (loop resistance)
Three-wire system No balancing required
Four-wire system No balancing required
Sensor current 0.45 mA
Response time 250 ms for 1 sensor with open-
circuit monitoring
Open-circuit monitoring Can be switched off
Short-circuit monitoring Can be switched off (value is
adjustable)
Measuring range parameterizable max. 0 ... 2200
(see table "Digital measuring
errors")
Min. measured span 5 ... 25 (see Table "Digital mea-
suring errors")
Characteristic curve Resistance-linear or special char-
acteristic
Thermocouples
Measured variable Temperature
Sensor type (thermocouples)
Type B Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh to DIN IEC 584
Type C W5 %-Re acc. to ASTM 988
Type D W3 %-Re acc. to ASTM 988
Type E NiCr-CuNi to DIN IEC 584
Type J Fe-CuNi to DIN IEC 584
Type K NiCr-Ni to DIN IEC 584
Type L Fe-CuNi to DIN 43710
Type N NiCrSi-NiSi to DIN IEC 584
Type R Pt13Rh-Pt to DIN IEC 584
Type S Pt10Rh-Pt to DIN IEC 584
Type T Cu-CuNi to DIN IEC 584
Type U Cu-CuNi to DIN 43710
Units C or F
Connection
Normal connection 1 thermocouple (TC)
Generation of average value 2 thermocouples (TC)
Generation of difference 2 thermocouples (TC)
(TC 1 TC 2 or TC 2 TC 1)
Response time 250 ms for 1 sensor with open-
circuit monitoring
Open-circuit monitoring Can be switched off
Cold junction compensation
Internal With integrated Pt100 resistance
thermometer
External With external Pt100 IEC 60751
(2-wire or 3-wire connection)
External fixed Cold junction temperature can be
set as fixed value
Measuring range parameterizable (see table "Digi-
tal measuring errors")
Min. measured span Min. 40 ... 100 C (72 ... 180 F)
(see table "Digital measuring
errors")
Characteristic curve Temperature-linear or special
characteristic
mV sensor
Measured variable DC voltage
Sensor type DC voltage source (DC voltage
source possible over an exter-
nally connected resistor)
Units mV
Response time 250 ms for 1 sensor with open-
circuit monitoring
Open-circuit monitoring Can be switched off
Measuring range -10 ... +70 mV
-100 ... +1100 mV
Min. measured span 2 mV or 20 mV
Overload capability of the input -1.5 ... +3.5 V DC
Input resistance 1 M
Characteristic curve Voltage-linear or special charac-
teristic
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitter for field mounting/field indicator
SITRANS TF - Transmitter, two-wire system and
SITRANS TF - Field indicator for 4 to 20 mA
3/59
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Factory setting (transmitter):
Pt100 (IEC 751) with 3-wire circuit
Measuring range: 0 ... 100 C (32 ... 212 F)
Error signal in the event of sensor breakage: 22.8 mA
Sensor offset: 0 C (0 F)
Damping 0.0 s
Output
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA, 2-wire
Communication with SITRANS
TH300
acc. to HART Rev. 5.9
Digital display
Digital display (optional) In current loop
Display Max. 5 digits
Digit height 9 mm (0.35)
Display range -99 999 ... + 99 999
Units any (max. 5 char.)
Setting:
Zero point, full-scale value and unit
with 3 buttons
Load voltage 2.1 V
Measuring accuracy
Digital measuring errors See table "Digital measuring
errors"
Reference conditions
Auxiliary power 24 V 1 %
Load 500
Ambient temperature 23 C (73.4 F)
Warming-up time > 5 min
Error in the analog output (digi-
tal/analog converter)
< 0.025 % of span
Error due to internal cold junction < 0.5 C (0.9 F)
Influence of ambient temperature
Analog measuring error 0.02 % of span/10 C (18 F)
Digital measuring errors
- with resistance thermometers 0.06 C (0.11 F)/10C (18 F)
- with thermocouples 0.6 C (1.1 F)/10C (18 F)
Auxiliary power effect < 0.001 % of span/V
Effect of load impedance < 0.002 % of span/100
Long-term drift
In the first month < 0.02 % of span
After one year < 0.3 % of span
After 5 years < 0.4 % of span
Conditions of use
Ambient conditions
Storage temperature -40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
Condensation Permissible
Electromagnetic compatibility According to EN 61326 and
NAMUR NE21
Degree of protection to EN 60529 IP67
Construction
Weight Approx. 1.5 kg (3.3 lb) without
options
Dimensions See "Dimensional drawings"
Enclosure material Die-cast aluminum, low in copper,
GD-AlSi 12 or stainless steel,
polyester-based lacquer, stain-
less steel rating plate
Electrical connection, sensor con-
nection
Screw terminals, cable inlet via
M20 x 1.5 or -14 NPT screwed
gland
Mounting bracket (optional) Steel, galvanized and chrome-
plated or stainless steel
Auxiliary power
Without digital display 11 to 35 V DC (30 V with Ex)
With digital display 13.1 to 35 V DC (30 V with Ex)
Electrically isolated Between input and output
Test voltage U
eff
= 1 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min
Certificates and approvals
Explosion protection ATEX
"Intrinsic safety" type of protection with digital display:
II 2 (1) G EEx ia IIC T4
without digital display:
II 2 (1) G EEx ia IIC T6
- EC type test certificate ZELM 99 ATEX 0007
"Operating equipment that is non-
ignitable and has limited energy
for zone 2" type of protection
II 3G EEx nAL IIC T6/T4
- EC type test certificate ZELM 99 ATEX 0007
"Flame-proof enclosure" type of
protection
II 2 G EEx d IIC T5/T6
II 1D Ex tD A20 IP65 T100 C,
T85 C
- EC type test certificate CESI 99 ATEX 079
Explosion protection to FM Certificate of Compliance
3017742
Identification (XP, DIP, NI, S) XP/I/1/BCD/T5 Ta = 85 C
(185 F), T6 Ta = 50 C (112 F),
Type 4X
DIP/II, III/1/EFG/T5 Ta = 85 C
(185 F), T6 Ta = 50 C (112 F),
Type 4X
NI/I/2/ABCD/T5 Ta = 85 C
(185 F), T6 Ta = 50 C (112 F)
, Type 4X
S/II, III/2/FG/T5 Ta = 85 C
(185 F), T6 Ta = 50 C (112 F),
Type 4X
Other certificates GOST
Hardware and software require-
ments
For the parameterization software
SIPROM T for SITRANS TH200
- Personal computer PC with CD-ROM drive and
USB/RS 232 interface
- PC operating system Windows 98, NT, 2000, XP
For the parameterization software
SIMATIC PDM for SITRANS TH300
See chapter 9 "Software",
"SIMATIC PDM"
Communication
Load for HART connection 230 ... 1100
Two-core shielded 3.0 km (1.86 mi)
Multi-core shielded 1.5 km (0.93 mi)
Protocol HART protocol, version 5.9
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitter for field mounting/field indicator
SITRANS TF - Transmitter, two-wire system and
SITRANS TF - Field indicator for 4 to 20 mA
3/60
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Digital measuring errors
Resistance thermometer

Resistance-based sensors

Thermocouples
1)
The digital accuracy in the range 0 to 300 C (32 to 572 F) is 3 C (5.4 F).
2)
The digital accuracy in the range 1750 to 2300 C (3182 to 4172 F) is 2 C
(3.6 F).
mV sensor

The digital accuracy is the accuracy after the analog/digital con-
version including linearization and calculation of the measured
value.
An additional error is generated in the output current 4 to 20 mA
as a result of the digital/analog conversion of 0.025 % of the set
span (digital-analog error).
The total error under reference conditions at the analog output is
the sum from the digital error and the digital-analog error (poss.
with the addition of cold junction errors in the case of thermocou-
ple measurements).
Input Measuring range Min. mea-
sured span
Digital accu-
racy
C / (F) C) (F) C (F)
to IEC 60751
Pt25 -200 ... +850
(-328 ... +1562)
10 (18) 0.3 (0.54)
Pt50 -200 ... +850
(-328 ... +1562)
10 (18) 0.15 (0.27)
Pt100 ... Pt200 -200 ... +850
(-328 ... +1562)
10 (18) 0.1 (0.18)
Pt500 -200 ... +850
(-328 ... +1562)
10 (18) 0.15 (0.27)
Pt1000 -200 ... +350
(-328 ... +662)
10 (18) 0.15 (0.27)
to JIS C1604-81
Pt25 -200 ... +649
(-328 ... +1200)
10 (18) 0.3 (0.54)
Pt50 -200 ... +649
(-328 ... +1200)
10 (18) 0.15 (0.27)
Pt100 ... Pt200 -200 ... +649
(-328 ... +1200)
10 (18) 0.1 (0.18)
Pt500 -200 ... +649
(-328 ... +1200)
10 (18) 0.15 (0.27)
Pt1000 -200 ... +350
(-328 ... +662)
10 (18) 0.15 (0.27)
Ni 25 to Ni1000 -60 ... +250
(-76 ... +482)
10 (18) 0.1 (0.18)
Input Measuring range Min. mea-
sured span
Digital accu-
racy

Resistance 0 ... 390 5 0.05
Resistance 0 ... 2200 25 0.25
Input Measuring range Min. mea-
sured span
Digital accu-
racy
C / (F) C (F) C (F)
Type B 0 ... 1820
(32 ... 3308)
100 (180) 2
1)
(3.6)
1)
Type C (W5) 0 ... 2300
(32 ... 4172)
100 (180) 1
2)
(1.8)
2)
Type D (W3) 0 ... 2300
(32 ... 4172)
100 (180) 1
2)
(1.8)
2)
Type E -200 ... +1000
(-328 ... +1832)
50 (90) 1 (1.8)
Type J -210 ... +1200
(-346 ... +2192)
50 (90) 1 (1.8)
Type K -200 ... +1370
(-328 ... +2498)
50 (90) 1 (1.8)
Type L -200 ... +900
(-328 ... +1652)
50 (90) 1 (1.8)
Type N -200 ... +1300
(-328 ... +2372)
50 (90) 1 (1.8)
Type R -50 ... +1760
(-58 ... +3200)
100 (180) 2 (3.6)
Type S -50 ... +1760
(-58 ... +3200)
100 (180) 2 (3.6)
Type T -20 ... +400
(-328 ... +752)
40 (72) 1 (1.8)
Type U -200 ... +600
(-328 ... +1112)
50 (90) 2 (3.6)
Input Measuring span Min. mea-
sured span
Digital accu-
racy
mV mV V
mV sensor -10 ... +70 2 40
mV sensor -100 ... +1100 20 400
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitter for field mounting/field indicator
SITRANS TF - Transmitter, two-wire system and
SITRANS TF - Field indicator for 4 to 20 mA
3/61
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
D) Subject to export regulations AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H.
Factory setting (transmitter):
Pt100 (IEC 751) with three-wire circuit
Measuring range: 0 ... 100 C (32 ... 212 F)
Fault current 22.8 mA
Sensor offset: 0 C (0 F)
Damping 0.0 s
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Temperature transmitter in field housing
Two-wire system 4 ... 20 mA, with electrical
isolation, with documentation on CD-ROM
7 NG 3 1 3 7 - 77777
Integrated transmitter
SITRANS TH200, programmable
- without Ex protection
D)
5 0
- with EEx ia
D)
5 1
- with EEx nAL for zone 2
D)
5 2
- total device SITRANS TF EEx d
1)
1)
Without cable gland.
D)
5 4
- total device SITRANS TF according to FM
(XP, DIP, NI, S)
1)
D)
5 5
SITRANS TH300, communication capability
according to HART V 5.9
- without Ex-protection
D)
6 0
- with EEx ia
D)
6 1
- with EEx nAL for zone 2
D)
6 2
- total device SITRANS TF EEx d
1)
D)
6 4
- total device SITRANS TF according to FM
(XP, DIP, NI, S)
1)
D)
6 5
SITRANS TF field indicator
for 4 ... 20 mA signals,
with documentation on CD-ROM
7 NG 3 1 3 7 - 77777
without Ex-protection 0 0 1
with EEx ia 0 1 1
with EEx nAL for zone 2 0 2 1
total device SITRANS TF EEx d
1)
0 4 1
total device SITRANS TF according to FM
(XP, DIP, NI, S)
1)
0 5 1
Enclosure
die-cast aluminium A
stainless steel precision casting E
Connections/cable inlet
screwed glands M20x1.5 B
screwed glands -14 NPT C
Digital indicator
without 0
with 1
Mounting bracket and securing parts
without 0
made of steel 1
made of stainless steel 2
Further designs Order code
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify
Order code(s) and plain text.
Customer-specific setting of operating data Y0 1
2)
2)
Y01: Please specify all data that does not correspond to factory settings
(see above) (e.g. Y01 = thermocouple element type K; internal cold junc-
tion; 0 ... 800 C; fault current 3.6 mA).
Inscription on measuring-point label (TAG
plate)
measuring range (max. 27 characters) Y2 2
3)
3)
Y22, Y23, Y24: If no order is placed for Y01, these data are only noted on
the measuring point label and are not programmed in the transmitter.
meas. point description (max. 16 char.) Y2 3
3)
measuring point text (max. 27 char.) Y2 4
3)
Test protocol (5 measuring points) C11
4)
4)
Can only be ordered together with Y01.
Functional safety SIL2 C 2 0
5)
5)
Only with 7NG3135-... and 7NG3136-...
Functional safety SIL2/3 C 2 3
5)
Explosion protection
Explosion protection EEx ia to INMERTO
(Brazil) (only with 7NG313.-1....)
E 2 5
Explosion protection EEx d to INMERTO
(Brazil) (only with 7NG313.-4....)
E 2 6
Supply units see Chap. 8 "Supplementary Components".
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Accessories
Modem for SITRANS TH100, TH200 and
TR200 incl. parameterization software T
with USB interface } 7NG3092-8KU
CD for measuring instruments
for temperature
} A5E00364512
with documentation in German, English,
French, Spanish, Italian and Portuguese, and
parameterization software SIPROM T
(included in delivery with SITRANS TF)
HART modem
with RS 232 interface }
D)
7MF4997-1DA
with USB interface }
D)
7MF4997-1DB
SIMATIC PDM parameterization software
also for SITRANS TH300
see chap. 9
Mounting bracket and securing parts
made of steel for 7NG313.-..B.. 7MF4997-1AC
made of steel for 7NG313. -..C.. 7MF4997-1AB
made of stainless steel for 7NG313. -..B.. } 7MF4997-1AJ
made of stainless steel for 7NG313. -..C.. 7MF4997-1AH
Digital indicator
1)
1)
It is not possible to upgrade devices with Ex protection
7MF4997-1BS
Connection board A5E02226423
} Available ex stock.
Supply units see Chap. 8 "Supplementary Components".
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitter for field mounting/field indicator
SITRANS TF - Transmitter, two-wire system and
SITRANS TF - Field indicator for 4 to 20 mA
3/62
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Dimensional drawings

SITRANS TF, dimensions in mm (inches)
6 Protective cover (without function)
7 Mounting bracket (option) with clamp for securing to a
vertical or horizontal pipe
8 Cover with window for digital display
a: max. 164 (6.46) (M20x1.5)
max. 189 (7.44) (-14 NPT)
b: max. 25 (0.98) (M20x1.5)
max. 50 (1.97) (-14 NPT)
*) Dimensions for stainless
steel enclosure
1 Sensor connection (screwed gland M20x1,5 or -14 NPT)
2 Blanking plug
3 Electrical connection (screwed gland M20x1,5 or -14 NPT)
4 Terminal side, output signal
5 Terminal side, sensor
2
0
(
0
.
7
9
)
5
0
(
1
.
9
7
)
52 (2.05)
144 (5.67) 13 (0.51)
5
4
1
7
2

(
2
.
8
3
)
123 (4.84)
6
8

(
2
.
6
8
)
1
1
7

(
4
.
6
1
)
7
28
(1.10)
55
(2.17)
8
50 ... 60
(1.97 ... 2.36)
15* (0.59) 138* (5.43)
50* (1.97)
8
0

(
3
.
1
5
)
80 (3.15)
2
3
7

(
9
.
3
3
)
3
2 6
b
a
1
2
0

(
4
.
7
2
)
105 (4.13)
3
6
,
5

(
1
.
4
4
)
100* (3.94)
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitter for field mounting/field indicator
SITRANS TF - Transmitter, two-wire system and
SITRANS TF - Field indicator for 4 to 20 mA
3/63
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Schematics

Sensor connection assignment
Resistance thermometer Resistance Thermocouple
Current measurement Voltage measurement
Two-wire system
1)
Three-wire system
Four-wire system
Generation of average
value / difference
1)
Two-wire system
1)
Three-wire system
Four-wire system
Generation of average
value / difference
1)
Cold junction compensation
Internal/fixed value
Cold junction compensation with
external Pt100 in two-wire system
1)
Cold junction compensation with
external Pt100 in three-wire system
Generation of average value / difference
with internal cold junction compensation
1)
Programmable line resistance for the purpose of correction.
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for field mounting
SITRANS TF
fieldbus transmitter
3/64
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Overview

Our field devices for heavy industrial use
FOUNDATION fieldbus
PROFIBUS PA
The SITRANS TF temperature transmitter works where others
cant cope.
Benefits
For universal use as a transmitter for resistance thermometers,
thermocouple elements, or mV signals
Rugged two-chamber enclosure in die-cast aluminium or
stainless steel
Degree of protection IP67
Can be mounted elsewhere if the measuring point
- is hard to access,
- is subject to high temperatures,
- is subject to vibrations from the system,
- or if you want to avoid long neck tubes and/or protective
tubes.
Can be mounted directly on American-design sensors
Wide range of approvals for use in potentially explosive atmo-
spheres. "Intrinsically safe, non-sparking and flameproof" type
of protection, for Europe and USA
Application
The SITRANS TF can be used everywhere where temperatures
need to be measured under particularly harsh conditions. Which
is why users from all industries have opted for this field device.
The rugged enclosure protects the electronics. The stainless
steel model is almost completely resistant to sea water and other
aggressive elements. The inner workings offer high measuring
accuracy, universal input and a wide range of diagnostic op-
tions.
Function
Features
General
Polarity-neutral bus connection
24-bit analog-digital converter for high resolution
Electrically isolated
Version for use in hazardous areas
Special characteristic
Sensor redundance
Transmitter with PROFIBUS PA communication
Function blocks: 2 x analog
Transmitter with FOUNDATION fieldbus communication
Function blocks: 2 x analog and 1 x PID
Functionality: Basic or LAS
Mode of operation
The following function diagram explains the mode of operation
of the transmitter.
The only difference between the two versions of the SITRANS TF
(7NG3137-... and 7NG3138-...) is the type of field bus protocol
used (PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION fieldbus).

SITRANS TF with TH400, function diagram
Optional inputs:
- Resistance thermometer
- Thermocouple
- mV sensor
- Resistance-based sensors
Input 1
Input 2
Transformer
Input 1
Input 2
Differential
Mean value
Redundancy
Terminal temperature
Engineering units
Diagnostic functions
Table linearization
Polynomial linearization
Process calibration
A/D
converter
Complex configuration
Correction coefficient
Factory settings
- PROFIBUS PA protocol (7NG3137)
or
- FOUNDATION Fieldbus protocol
(7NG3138)
Bus connection
E
x

p
o
w
e
r

c
i
r
c
u
i
t
Electrically
isolated
Internal
Pt100
Communication
CPU
2
1
EEPROM
6
5
4
3
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for field mounting
SITRANS TF
fieldbus transmitter
3/65
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
System communication

SITRANS TF with TH400, communication interface
Technical specifications

Input
Analog/digital conversion
Measurement rate < 50 ms
Resolution 24-bit
Resistance thermometer
Pt25 ... 1000 to IEC 60751/JIS C
1604
Measuring range -200 ... +850 C
(-328 ... +1562 F)
Ni25 ... 1000 to DIN 43760
Measuring range -60 ... +250 C (-76 ... +482 F)
Cu10 ... 1000, = 0.00427
Measuring range -50 ... +200 C (-58 ... +392 F)
Line resistance per sensor cable Max. 50
Sensor current Nominal 0.2 mA
Sensor fault detection
Sensor break detection Yes
Sensor short-circuit detection Yes, < 15
Resistance-based sensors
Measuring range 0 ... 10 k
Line resistance per sensor cable Max. 50
Sensor current Nominal 0.2 mA
Sensor fault detection
Sensor break detection Yes
Sensor short-circuit detection Yes, < 15
Thermocouple
to IEC 584 Measuring range
Type B 400 ... 1820 C (752 ... 3308 F)
Type E -100 ... +1000 C
(-148 ... +1832 F)
Type J -100 ... +1000 C
(-148 ... +1832 F)
Bus terminator
Bus terminator
Segment
coupler
Segment
coupler
SITRANS TF
with TH400 PA
SITRANS TF
with TH400 FF
PROFIBUS PA
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Type K -100 ... +1200 C
(-148 ... +2192 F)
Type N -180 ... +1300 C
(-292 ... +2372 F)
Type R -50 ... +1760 C (-58 ... +3200 F)
Type S -50 ... +1760 C (-58 ... +3200 F)
Type T -200 ... +400 C (-328 ... +752 F)
to DIN 43710
Type L -200 ... +900 C
(-328 ... +1652 F)
Type U -200 ... +600 C
(-328 ... +1112 F)
to ASTM E988-90
Type W3 0 ... 2300 C (32 ... 4172 F)
Type W5 0 ... 2300 C (32 ... 4172 F)
External cold junction compensa-
tion
-40 ... +135 C (-40 ... +275 F)
Sensor fault detection
Sensor break detection Yes
Sensor short-circuit detection Yes, < 3 mV
Sensor current in the event of
open-circuit monitoring
4 A
mV sensor - voltage input
Measuring range -800 ... +800 mV
Input resistance 10 M
Output
Filter time (programmable) 0 ... 60 s
Update time < 400 ms
Measuring accuracy
Accuracy is defined as the higher
value of general values and basic
values.
General values
Type of input Absolute accu-
racy
Temperature
coefficient
All 0.05 % of the
measured value
0.002 % of
the measured
value/C
Basic values
Type of input Basic accuracy Temperature
coefficient
Pt100 and Pt1000 0.1 C 0.002 C/C
Ni100 0.15 C 0.002 C/C
Cu10 1.3 C 0.02 C/C
Resistance-based sensors 0.05 0.002 /C
Voltage source 10 V 0.2 V/C
Thermocouple, type:
E, J, K, L, N, T, U
0.5 C 0.01 C/C
Thermocouple, type:
B, R, S, W3, W5
1 C 0.025 C/C
Cold junction compensation 0.5 C
Reference conditions
Warming-up time 30 s
Signal-to-noise ratio Min. 60 dB
Calibration condition 20 ... 28 C
(68 ... 82 F)
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for field mounting
SITRANS TF
fieldbus transmitter
3/66
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Conditions of use
Ambient conditions
Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
Permissible storage temperature -40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
Relative humidity 98 %, with condensation
Insulation resistance
Test voltage 500 V AC for 60 s
Continuous operation 50 V AC/75 V DC
Electromagnetic compatibility
NAMUR NE21
EMC 2004/108/EC Emission and
Noise Immunity
EN 61326-1, EN 61326-2-5
Construction
Weight Approx. 1.5 kg (3.3 lb) without
options
Dimensions See "Dimensional drawings"
Enclosure materials Die-cast aluminum, low in cop-
per, GD-AlSi 12 or stainless steel
Polyester-based lacquer for GD
AlSi 12 enclosure
Stainless steel rating plate
Electrical connection, sensor con-
nection
screw terminals
Cable inlet via M20 x 1.5 or
-14 NPT screwed gland
Bus connection with M12 plug
(optional)
Mounting bracket (optional) Steel, galvanized and chrome-
plated or stainless steel
Degree of protection IP67 to EN 60529
Auxiliary power
Power supply
Standard, Ex "d", Ex "nA", Ex "nL",
XP, NI
10.0 ... 32 V DC
Ex "ia", Ex "ib" 10.0 ... 30 V DC
In FISCO/FNICO installations 10.0 ... 17.5 V DC
Power consumption < 11 mA
Max. increase in power consump-
tion in the event of a fault
< 7 mA
Certificates and approvals
Explosion protection ATEX
EC type test certificate ZELM 99 ATEX 0007
Type of protection "intrinsic safety i"
(version: 7NG313x-1xxxx)
II 2(1) G Ex ia IIC T4/T6
Conformity statement ZELM 07 ATEX 3349
"Operating equipment that is non-
ignitable and has limited energy"
type of protection
(version: 7NG313x-2xxxx)
II 3 G Ex nA [nL] IIC T4/T6
II 3 G Ex nL IIC T4/T6
EC type test certificate CESI 99 ATEX 079
"Flame-proof enclosure" type of
protection (version: 7NG313x-
4xxxx)
II 2 G Ex d IIC T5/T6
II 1D Ex tD A20 IP65 T100 C,
T85 C
Explosion protection: FM for USA
FM approval FM 3017742
Type of protection XP, DIP, NI and S
(version 7NG313x-5xxxx)
XP / I / 1 / BCD / T5,T6; Type 4X
DIP / II, III / 1 / EFG / T5,T6; Type
4X
NI / I / 2 / ABCD / T5,T6; Type 4X
S / II, III / 2 / FG T5,T6; Type 4X
Other certificates GOST
Communication
Parameterization interface
PROFIBUS PA connection
- Protocol A&D profile, Version 3.0
- Protocol EN 50170 Volume 2
- Address (for delivery) 126
- Function blocks 2 x analog
FOUNDATION fieldbus connec-
tion
- Protocol FF protocol
- Protocol FF design specifications
- Functionality Basic or LAS
- Version ITK 4.6
- Function blocks 2 x analog and 1 x PID
Factory setting
for SITRANS TH400 PA
Sensor Pt100 (IEC)
Type of connection 3-wire circuit
Unit C
Failure mode Last valid value
Filter time 0 s
PA address 126
PROFIBUS Ident No. Manufacturer-specific
for SITRANS TH400 FF
Sensor Pt100 (IEC)
Type of connection 3-wire circuit
Unit C
Failure mode Last valid value
Filter time 0 s
Node address 22
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for field mounting
SITRANS TF
fieldbus transmitter
3/67
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Factory setting:
for SITRANS TH400 PA:
- Pt100 (IEC) with 3-wire circuit
- Unit: C
- Failure mode: last valid value
- Filter time: 0 s
- PA address: 126
- PROFIBUS Ident No.: manufacturer-specific
for SITRANS TH400 FF:
- Pt100 (IEC) with 3-wire circuit
- Unit: C
- Failure mode: last valid value
- Filter time: 0 s
- Node address: 22
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Temperature transmitter in field enclosure
with fieldbus communication and electrical
isolation, with documentation on CD
7 NG 3 1 3 7 - 777 0 7
Integrated transmitter
SITRANS TH400 with PROFIBUS PA
- without Ex protection 7 0
- with EEx ia (ATEX) 7 1
- with EEx nAL for zone 2 (ATEX) 7 2
- total device SITRANS TF EEx d
1)
1)
Without cable gland.
7 4
- total device SITRANS TF according to FM
(XP, DIP, NI, S)
1)
(available soon)
7 5
SITRANS TH400, with FOUNDATION field-
bus
- without Ex protection 8 0
- with EEx ia (ATEX) 8 1
- with EEx nAL for zone 2 (ATEX) 8 2
- total device SITRANS TF EEx d
1)
8 4
- total device SITRANS TF according to FM
(XP, DIP, NI, S)
1)
(available soon)
8 5
Enclosure
die-cast aluminium A
stainless steel precision casting E
Connections/cable inlet
screwed glands M20x1.5 B
screwed gland s -14 NPT C
Mounting bracket and fastening parts
none 0
made of steel 1
stainless steel 2
Further designs Order code
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify
Order code(s) and plain text.
Customer-specific operating data Y0 1
2)
2)
Y01: Please specify all data that does not correspond to factory settings
(see above) (e.g. Y01 = thermocouple element type K; internal cold junc-
tion; PA address: 15).
Inscription on measuring point label (TAG
plate)
Measuring point number/TAG (max. 32 char.) Y1 5
3)
3)
Y15, Y23, Y25: If no order is placed for Y01, these data are only noted on
the measuring point label and are not programmed in the transmitter.
Measuring point description (max. 32 char.) Y2 3
3)
Bus address Y2 5
3)
Test report (5 measuring points) C1 1
4)
4)
Can only be ordered together with Y01 (it is essential to specify the mea-
suring range).
Bus connection
M12 plug (metal), without mating connector M0 0
5)
5)
Not available for explosion protection EEx d or XP.
M12 plug (metal), with mating connector M0 1
5)
Explosion protection
Explosion protection EEx ia to INMERTO
(Brazil) (only with 7NG313.-1....)
E 2 5
Explosion protection EEx d to INMERTO
(Brazil) (only with 7NG313.-4....)
E 2 6
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Accessories
CD for measuring instruments for temper-
ature
}
A5E00364512
with documentation in German, English,
French, Spanish, Italian and Portuguese, and
parameterization software SIPROM T
(included in delivery with SITRANS TF)
SIMATIC PDM parameterization software
also for SITRANS TF with TH400 PA
see Sec. 9
Mounting bracket and fastening parts
Made of steel for 7NG313.-..B.. 7MF4997-1AC
Made of steel for 7NG313. -..C.. 7MF4997-1AB
Made of stainless steel for 7NG313. -..B.. } 7MF4997-1AJ
Made of stainless steel for 7NG313. -..C.. 7MF4997-1AH
Connection board A5E02391790
}Available ex stock.
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for field mounting
SITRANS TF
fieldbus transmitter
3/68
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Dimensional drawings

SITRANS TF with TH400, dimensions in mm (inches)
1 Sensor connection (screwed gland M20x1,5 or -14 NPT)
2 Blanking plug
3 Electrical connection (screwed plug M20x1,5 orr -14 NPT),
optional M12 plug
4 Terminal side, bus connection
5 Terminal side, sensor
6 Protective cover (without function)
7 Mounting bracket (optional) with clamp securing to
a vertical or horizontal pipe
144 (5.67)
138* (5.43)
80 (3.15)
100* (3.94)
52 (2.05)
50* (1.97)
55 (2.17)
123 (4.84)
105 (4.13)

8
0

(
3
.
1
5
)
50 ... 60
(1.97 ... 2.36)
7
2

(
2
.
8
3
)
6
8

(
2
.
6
8
)
1
2
0

(
4
.
7
2
)
3
6
,
5

(
1
.
4
4
)
2
3
7

(
9
.
3
3
) a
1
1
7

(
4
.
6
1
)
5
0

(
1
.
9
7
)
2
0

(
0
.
7
9
)
28
(1.10)
b
1
5 4
2
3
7
6
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for field mounting
SITRANS TF
fieldbus transmitter
3/69
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Schematics

SITRANS TF with TH400, sensor connection assignment
Resistance thermometer Resistance Thermocouple
Voltage measurement
Two-wire system
1)
Three-wire system
Four-wire system
Two-wire system
1)
Three-wire system
Four-wire system
Internal
cold junction compensation
Cold junction compensation
with external Pt100 in two-wire system
1)
Cold junction compensation
with external Pt100 in three-wire system
1)
Programmable line resistance for the purpose of correction.
Mean-value/differential or
redundancy generation
1 sensor in two-wire system
1)
1 sensor in three-wire system
Mean-value/differential or
redundancy generation
2 x two-wire system
1)
Mean value, differential or
redundancy generation with internal
cold junction compensation
Mean value, differential or
redundancy generation and
cold junction compensation
with internal Pt100
in two-wire system
1)
Mean value, differential or redundancy generation
1 resistor in two-wire system
1)
1 resistor in three-wire system
Measurement of mean value, differential and
redundancy with 2 voltage sources
One voltage source
1
2
1
2
+ -
+ -
+ -
1
2
+ -
1
2
+ -
+ -
2
1
+ -
+ -
1
2
+ -
+ -
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Resistance thermometers
Technical description
3/70
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Design
A resistance thermometer comprises
the measuring resistor (metal; platinum, Pt or nickel, Ni) and
the mounting and connection parts required in each case.
In the standard version, the measuring resistors are embedded
in ceramic. In the case of special vibration resistance require-
ments, the Pt measuring resistors are double-wound and fused
into glass.
Measuring resistors of class B are supplied. A range of resis-
tors of class A or 1/3 to 1/10 class B is available on request.
Single and double resistance thermometers are available.

Components and circuitry of a resistance thermometer
To protect the measuring resistor for industrial measurements
and to enable easy replacement, it is fixed in a measuring insert
(4) which in turn is fitted in a protective tube (5). The measuring
insert is spring-mounted in the connection head (1) of the pro-
tective tube using two screws. The internal conductor (10) in the
measuring insert connects the measuring resistor (11) to the ter-
minals on the terminal block.
Depending on the measuring range and the accuracy required,
the thermometers are connected in two-wire, three-wire or four-
wire systems to the output devices.
The measuring inserts are therefore available with two, three or
four internal conductors. If the resistance of the internal conduc-
tor is negligibly small, measuring inserts with only two internal
conductors can be used for the three-wire and four-wire sys-
tems.
Exact balancing of the internal conductor under operating con-
ditions is only possible with three conductors. If the resistance of
the internal conductor is greater than 0.2 , its magnitude is in-
dicated on the mounting flange of the measuring insert.
Function
Measuring resistor
The measuring resistor changes with the temperature in accor-
dance with a certain reproducible series of calibration data (see
the table "Calibration data for platinum measuring resistors (to
DIN EN 60751) under "Technical data).
The changes in resistance are transmitted as changes in voltage
to indicators, recorders or controllers directly via copper wires or
via transmitters. The type of measuring circuit depends on the
instrument to be connected and the required measuring range.
The measuring resistors are balanced at 0 C (32 F) to
100 0.12 . The calibration values of the resistors (i.e. the
dependence of the resistor on the temperature) and the permis-
sible deviations are specified in DIN EN 60751 (IEC 751) (see
the table "Error limits according to DIN EN 60751 under "Tech-
nical Specifications).
Measuring resistors of class B are supplied. A range of resistors
of class A or 1/3 to 1/10 class B is available on request.
Measuring principle of the resistance temperature measure-
ment
The thermometer is heated up by the thermometer current com-
pared to the material to be measured. The heating-up error thus
produced increases with the square of the thermometer current
and linearly with the resistance of the measuring resistor. Apart
from the magnitude of the thermometer current, the error de-
pends on the design of the thermometer and on the heat transfer
between the protective tube and the medium. A high measuring
power is required for output instruments operating according to
the deflection method. To keep the heating-up error within per-
missible limits, the thermometer current should not be greater
than 10 mA in this case.
When measuring the temperature of gases with very small flow
velocities, a considerably greater heating-up error occurs than
in measurements with very fast gases or liquids. The heating-up
error is negligibly small with high flow velocities.
Protection fitting/protective tubes
Suitable protective fittings are used for installation in pipelines,
tanks etc. depending on the mechanical or chemical require-
ments.
The materials for the protective tubes or combinations of differ-
ent protective tube materials must be carefully selected in order
to meet the requirements due to static pressure, flow and tem-
perature Furthermore, the indication response should be as fast
as possible.
Installation examples with the suitable protective tube materials
can be found under "Technical data" in the table "Installation ex-
amples and material of protective tubes".
The type of installation of the protective tubes depends on the
application. The protective tubes are screwed into the pipelines
in the case of operating pressures up to approx. 90 bar. Tapered
protective tubes which can be welded in are available for higher
pressures. Thermometers for measuring furnace temperatures
are fixed using flanges.
Owing to the different operating conditions, no guarantee can be
given for protective fittings. The manufacturer is responsible for
damages and measuring errors caused by wrong installation in
compliance with the General Terms of Delivery if the instruments
have been installed by the manufacturer and if the specifications
for the operating conditions furnished by the customer were cor-
rect and sufficiently detailed.
Measuring resistors Measuring resistors are suit-
able for temperatures from
Made of platinum -200 ... +850 C
(-328 ... +1562 F)
Made of nickel -60 ... +150 C (-76 ... 302 F),
briefly up to 180 C (356 F)
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Resistance thermometers
Technical description
3/71
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Integration
Instrument combination for measuring and controlling tem-
perature

Instrument combination with resistance thermometer as sensor
Installation examples and materials of protective tubes
Resistance thermometer Sense
Match
Output
Control
Electric transmitter
Catalog FI 01
Electric
indicator
limit monitor
recorder
Catalog
MP 12
MP20
controller
MP31
Measuring point Max. operat-
ing temp.
Protective tube material
C (F) name No.
A. Steam power plants
Water and steam lines
(Screw-in and welding-
type thermometers)
300 (572) Bronze Sn Bz 6 (only
for water)
2.1020
400 (752) St 35.8 1.0305
540 (1004) 13 CrMo 44 1.7335
570 (1058) 10 CrMo 9 10 1.7380
Flue gas 550 (1022) St 35.8, enamelled 1.0305
Pulverized coal/air mix-
ture line
100 (212) St 35.8 (with baffle rod) 1.0305
Water treatment 30 (86) X 6 CrNiTi 18 10 or
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 122
1.4541
1.4571
B. Paper mills
In paper pulp (cylindri-
cal paper mills, hand-
made paper, refiner)
60 (140) X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 122 1.4571
C. Pulp production For all tanks with inter-
nal lining: only flange-
type thermometers
1. Sulfite pulp
Boiling acid in vat,
peetz tank and acid
tower
150 (302) X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 122 1.4571
Hypochlorite tower,
alkali tower
40 (104) X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 122 1.4571
Sulphite lye evapora-
tion, heat exchanger,
preheater and lye col-
lecting tank
140 (284) X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 122 1.4571
2. Sulfate pulp
Vat, lye heater
Black, green and white
lye tanks
In vat 180
(356) other-
wise 80 (176)
X 6 CrNiTi 18 10 or
X 6 CrNiMoTi Ti 17 122
1.4541
1.4571
Cellulose multiple-
stage bleaching (moist
chloric gases present)
40 (104) Hastelloy C (59 Ni; 16
Mo; 15,5 Cr; 5,5 Fe; 3,8
W) or X 6 CrNiMoTi 17
122 with Ti protective
sleeve
1.4571
Sulfate lye evaporation,
heat exchanger, pre-
heater and lye collect-
ing tank
140 (284) X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 122 1.4571
D. Dye works
Jigger, automatic yarn
skein dying machine
110 (230) X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 122 1.4571
E. Food and drink
industries
1. Breweries
Brewing water 80 (176) Bronze Sn Bz 6 or X 6
CrNiTi 18 10
2.1020
Mash
Hot wort 100 (212) Bronze or X 6 CrNiTi 18
10
1.4541
Cold wort 4 (39,2) X 6 CrNiTi 18 10 1.4541
2. Sugar factories
Salt removal in sugar
juice
100 (212) X 6 CrNiTi 18 10 1.4541
3. Cereals production
Salt removal in whey 20 (68) X 6 CrNiTi 18 10 1.4541
4. Malt houses
Steeping water 100 (212) Bronze Sn Bz 6 2.1020
5. Yeast production
Yeast cooling 4 (39,2) X 6 CrNiTi 18 10 1.4541
Yeast fermentation 33 (91,4) X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 122 1.4571
F. Chemical and petrochemical industries
Corrosion-resistant steel, material Nos. 1.4541 and 1.4571, can be
used for many applications. The numerous substances to be measured
in these industrial branches render it sometimes difficult to recommend
suitable protective tube materials. If required, please contact our repre-
sentatives in these cases.
Measuring point Max. operat-
ing temp.
Protective tube material
C (F) name No.
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Resistance thermometers
Protective tubes
installation
3/72
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Technical specifications
Calibration data for platinum measuring resistors
(to DIN EN 60751)
Error limits acc. to DIN EN 60 751
The resistance thermometers are divided into two classes ac-
cording to their error limits:

1)
|t| is the numerical value of the temperature in C without consideration of
the sign
Integration
Protective tubes in a pipeline

Flue gas resistance thermometer

Fitted in a sheet-metal duct (top) and a flue gas duct (bottom)
C (F)
-200 (-328) 18.52
-180 (-292) 27.10
-160 (-256) 35.34
-140 (-220) 43.88
-120 (-184) 52.11
-100 (-148) 60.26
-80 (-112) 68.33
-60 (-76) 76.33
-40 (-40) 84.27
-30 (-22) 88.22
-20 (-4) 92.16
-10 (14) 96.09
0 (32) 100.00
10 (50) 103.90
20 (68) 107.79
30 (86) 111.67
40 (104) 115.54
50 (122) 119.40
60 (140) 123.24
80 (176) 130.90
100 (212) 138.51
120 (248) 146.07
140 (284) 153.58
160 (320) 161.05
180 (356) 168.48
200 (392) 175.86
220 (428) 183.19
240 (464) 190.47
260 (500) 197.71
280 (536) 204.90
300 (572) 212.05
320 (608) 219.15
340 (644) 226.21
360 (680) 233.21
380 (716) 240.18
400 (752) 247.09
420 (788) 253.96
440 (824) 260.78
460 (860) 267.56
480 (896) 274.29
500 (932) 280.98
520 (968) 287.62
540 (1004) 294.21
560 (1040) 300.75
580 (1076) 307.25
600 (1112) 313.71
620 (1148) 320.12
640 (1184) 326.48
660 (1220) 332.79
700 (1292) 345.28
750 (1382) 360.64
800 (1472) 375.70
850 (1562) 390.48
Class Error limits in C
A 0,15 + 0,002 |t|
1)
B 0,3 + 0,005 |t|
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Resistance thermometers
Protective tubes
installation
3/73
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Screw-in resistance thermometer

In a pulverized coal line, with baffle rod
Screw-in protective tubes, mounted

At top for low-pressure, with screw socket G; at bottom for high-pres-
sure, with screw socket G1
It must be possible to weld the pipe coupling and pipeline. Ma-
terial according to data provided by pipeline or vessel manufac-
turer.
Welding-type protective tubes, mounted

Top: Wall thickness 35 mm; mounting using welded coupling; bottom:
Wall thickness > 35 mm
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Resistance thermometers
Temperature transmitters
for mounting in the connection head
3/74
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Overview

The following temperature transmitters are available for mount-
ing in the connection head:
SITRANS TH100
Programmable two-wire temperature transmitter (4 to 20 mA),
without electrical isolation, only for Pt100 resistance thermome-
ters.
SITRANS TH200
Programmable two-wire temperature transmitter (4 to 20 mA),
electrical isolation for resistance thermometers and thermocou-
ple elements.
SITRANS TH300
Two-wire temperature transmitter with HART communication
(4 to 20 mA), electrical isolation for resistance thermometers and
thermocouple elements.
SITRANS TH400
Temperature transmitter with PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION
Fieldbus connection, electrical isolation for resistance thermom-
eters and thermocouple elements.
Note:
SITRANS TH100/TH200/TH300/TH400 can be fitted instead of
the terminal block or in the high hinged cover. Additional fitting
only possible in high hinged cover.
If using intrinsically-safe temperature sensors any installed
temperature transmitters must also be intrinsically-safe.
Selection and Ordering Data
Detailed information on the transmitters can be found for the re-
spective products under "Transmitters for temperature.

Transmitter to be fitted Order code
To order the sensor with a built-in
temperature transmitter, add "-Z" to
the Order No. of the sensor, and
supplement by the following Order
code:
SITRANS TH100, only for Pt100
- without Ex T10
- EEx ia IIC and EEx n for zone 2 T11
- FM T13
SITRANS TH200
- without Ex T20
- EEx ia IIC and EEx n for zone 2 T21
- FM (IS, I, NI) T23
SITRANS TH300
- without Ex T30
- EEx ia IIC und EEx n for zone 2 T31
- FM (IS, I, NI) T33
SITRANS TH400 PA
- without Ex T40
- EEx ia T41
SITRANS TH400 FF
- without Ex T45
- EEx ia T46
Customer-specific setting of the
built-in transmitter (specify settings
in plain text)
Y11
1)
1)
For TH400 FF available soon
SIL2 application
(only in combination with TH200
and TH300)
Y01: SIL2, C20 + Txx
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Resistance thermometers
Questionnaire for temperature sensors
(resistance thermometers and thermocouples)
3/75
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
General information
Customer: ....................................................................................
Address: ......................................................................................
Contact partner: .........................................................................
Purchasing dept.: ........................................................................ Tel.: ...........................................................................
Sales dept.: ................................................................................. Tel.: ...........................................................................
Process dept.: ............................................................................. Tel.: ...........................................................................
Inquiry:.........................................................................................
Quotation: ....................................................................................
Place and date: ...........................................................................
Operating conditions
1. Application: ......................................................................
(e.g. exhaust gas measurement)
2. Location:...........................................................................
(e.g. pipe bend, tank)
3. Mounting position:............................................................
(e.g. vertical, 45 against flow)
4. Temperature (measuring point): ......................................
Operating temperature:....................................................
Temperature range: .........................................................
5. Medium: ...........................................................................
6. Pressure: ..........................................................................
Nominal pressure: ............................................................
Operating pressure: .........................................................
7. Flow: .................................................................................
8. Vibrations: ........................................................................
9. Miscellaneous: .................................................................
(e.g. vessel or pipe materials, PTFE lining)
Ambient conditions
(e.g. seawater atmosphere, chemical plant)
Definition:.................................................................................
.................................................................................................
.................................................................................................
Special information
1. Mounting of temperature transmitter in connection head:
.........................................................................................
.........................................................................................
2. Packaging regulations: ....................................................
.........................................................................................
.........................................................................................
Miscellaneous
Please additionally provide the following: rough sketch, installa-
tion diagram, section of drawing, photo
Sensor design
1. Measuring element...........................................................
(type and standard) (e.g. Pt100 or TC type K)
1.1. Tolerance:.........................................................................
1.2. Design: .............................................................................
(e.g. Pt100 or 2, 3 or 4-wire system)
1.3. Degree of protection/type of protection: ..........................
2. Protective fitting:...............................................................
2.1. Protective tube: ................................................................
(dimensions/material)
2.2. Mounting: .........................................................................
(dimensions/material)
2.3. Neck tube:........................................................................
(dimensions/material)
2.4. Mounting length/nominal length:......................................
3. Material certificates: .........................................................
4. Connection: ......................................................................
4.1. Connection head/box:......................................................
4.2. Cable:...............................................................................
(dimensions/insulation/standard)
4.3. Other: ...............................................................................
.........................................................................................
5. Tests: ................................................................................
.........................................................................................
6. Accessories:.....................................................................
.........................................................................................
7. Supplementary requirements: ..........................................
.........................................................................................
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Resistance thermometers
Flue gas resistance thermometers
with connection head
3/76
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Overview

The flue gas resistance thermometer with connection head is
suitable for the temperature range from -50 to +600 C
(-58 to +1112 F) and can also be supplied with a built-in tem-
perature transmitter.
Please order mounting flange or threaded sleeve separately.
Technical specifications

Dimensional drawings

Flue gas resistance thermometer with connection head, dimensions in
mm (inches)
Design According to DIN 43764:
Thermometer without mount
Protective tube
Form 1, DIN 43772; cylindrical, 15 mm
diameter (0.59 inch), wall thick-
ness 3 mm (0.12 inch), seamless
Material St 35.8, mat. No. 1.0305, enam-
elled
Loading capacity 1 bar (14.5 psi) above atmo-
spheric, to DIN 43772
Measuring insert Replaceable, with measuring
insert tube (8 mm diameter
(0.31 inch)) made of stainless
steel; terminal block with clamp-
ing springs
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Flue gas resistance thermometer
Measuring resistor
(winding) embedded in ceramic
1 Pt100 measuring resistor,
three-wire circuit
Mounting length/
mm (inch):
Weight/
kg (lb):
500 (19.7) 0.9 (1.98) 7 MC 1 0 0 0 - 1 BA 2 7
710 (28.0) 1.1 (2.43) 7 MC 1 0 0 0 - 2 BA 2 7
1000 (39.4) 1.5 (3.31) 7 MC 1 0 0 0 - 3 BA 2 7
1400 (55.1) 1.9 (4.19) 7 MC 1 0 0 0 - 4 BA 2 7
2000 (78.7) 2.7 (5.95) 7 MC 1 0 0 0 - 5 BA 2 7
Connection head, form B,
made of cast light alloy,
with 1 cable inlet and
screw cover 1
standard hinged cover 4
high hinged cover 6
Further designs Order code
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify
Order code(s) and plain text.
Different design (mounting length, protec-
tive tube material etc.), specify in plain text.
Y01
TAG plate made of stainless steel
specify TAG No. in plain text
Y15
Calibration carried out at one point, specify
desired temperature in plain text (order
equivalent number of times for several cal-
ibration points).
If optional head transmitters are integrated,
please note that all calibration points are lo-
cated in the set measuring range. If the
points are located outside the standard
measuring range, a Y11 addition is always
required.
Y33
Accessories Order No.
Mounting flange 7 MC 2 9 9 8 - 5 CA
Adjustable, to DIN 43734;
Material: GTW 35, mat. No. 0.8035,
for protective tube diameter
15 mm (0.59 inch),
0.3 kg (0.66 lb)
Gas-tight threaded sleeve
Material: 9 SMnPb 28
Material No. 1.0718,
for protective tube diameter
15 mm (0.59 inch),
0.4 kg (0.88 lb)
G internal thread with gasket 7 MC 2 9 9 8 - 5 DA
G internal thread with gasket 7 MC 2 9 9 8 - 5 DC
To order a temperature transmitter installed in the connection head
and transmitters for SIL applications, see "Temperature transmit-
ters for mounting in the connection head" (page 3/74).
Individual parts: Measuring inserts, see "Accessories".
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Resistance thermometers
Low-pressure screw-in resistance thermometers
with connection head, without neck tube
3/77
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Overview

The low-pressure screw-in resistance thermometer with connec-
tion head (no neck tube) is suitable for the temperature range
from -50 to +400 C (-58 to +752 F) and can also be supplied
with a built-in temperature transmitter.
Technical specifications

Dimensional drawings

Low-pressure screw-in resistance thermometer with connection head,
without neck tube, dimensions in mm (inches)
Design According to DIN 43765:
Screw-in thermometer
Protective tube
Form Similar to 2G, DIN 43772; cylindri-
cal, 9 mm (0.35 inch) diameter,
wall thickness 1 mm (0.04 inch)
Loading capacity to 20 bar (290.1 psi) (loading
capacity dependent on material,
temperature, flow rate, mounting
length etc., see DIN 43772 for
details)
Screw socket G; suitable is gasket 21 x 26,
similar to form C or D, DIN 7603
Measuring insert Replaceable, with measuring
insert tube (6 mm diameter
(0.24 inch) made of stainless
steel; terminal block with clamp-
ing springs
Response times (to VDI/VDE 3 522)
In water with flow velocity
v = 0.4 m/s (1.31 ft/s)
t
0.5
= 25 s, t
0.9
= 75 s
In air with flow velocity v = 1 m/s
(3.28 ft/s)
t
0.5
= 2 min, t
0.9
= 6.3 min
Explosion protection II 1/2G EEx ia IIC T4/T6
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Low-pressure screw-in resistance
thermometer with connection head,
without neck tube
Protective tube and screw socket
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 122, mat. No. 1.4571
Protective tube to DIN 43,772,
form: similar to 2G
Measuring resistors embedded in ceramic,
one Pt100 measuring resistor: three-wire
circuit, Two Pt100 measuring resistors:
two-wire circuit
Measuring insert not explosion protected
One Pt100 measuring resistor,
Mounting length U
1
/
mm (inch):
Weight/
kg (lb):
100 (3.9) 0.6 (1.32) } 7 MC 1 0 0 6 - 1 DA 1 7
160 (6.3) 0.7 (1.54) 7 MC 1 0 0 6 - 2 DA 1 7
230 (9.1) 0.8 (1.76) 7 MC 1 0 0 6 - 3 DA 1 7
360 (14.2) 0.9 (1.98) 7 MC 1 0 0 6 - 4 DA 1 7
510 (20.1) 1.0 (2.20) 7 MC 1 0 0 6 - 5 DA 1 7
Two Pt100 measuring resistors
Mounting length U
1
/
mm (inch):
Weight/
kg (lb):
100 (3.9) 0.6 (1.32) 7 MC 1 0 0 6 - 1 DB 1 7
160 (6.3) 0.71 (1.57) 7 MC 1 0 0 6 - 2 DB 1 7
230 (9.1) 0.81 (1.79) 7 MC 1 0 0 6 - 3 DB 1 7
360 (14.2) 0.91 (2.01) 7 MC 1 0 0 6 - 4 DB 1 7
510 (20.1) 1.01 (2.23) 7 MC 1 0 0 6 - 5 DB 1 7
Measuring insert with explosion protection
One Pt100 measuring resistor
Mounting length U
1
/
mm (inch):
Weight/
kg (lb):
100 (3.9) 0.6 (1.32) } 7 MC 1 0 0 6 - 1 D E 1 7
160 (6.3) 0.7 (1.54) 7 MC 1 0 0 6 - 2 D E 1 7
230 (9.1) 0.8 (1.76) 7 MC 1 0 0 6 - 3 D E 1 7
360 (14.2) 0.9 (1.98) 7 MC 1 0 0 6 - 4 D E 1 7
510 (20.1) 1.0 (2.20) 7 MC 1 0 0 6 - 5 D E 1 7
Two Pt100 measuring resistors
Mounting length U
1
/
mm (inch):
Weight/
kg (lb):
100 (3.9) 0.6 (1.32) 7 MC 1 0 0 6 - 1 D F 1 7
160 (6.3) 0.71 (1.57) 7 MC 1 0 0 6 - 2 D F 1 7
230 (9.1) 0.81 (1.79) 7 MC 1 0 0 6 - 3 D F 1 7
360 (14.2) 0.91 (2.01) 7 MC 1 0 0 6 - 4 D F 1 7
510 (20.1) 1.01 (2.23) 7 MC 1 0 0 6 - 5 D F 1 7
Connection head, form B,
made of cast light alloy, with 1 cable inlet
and
- screw cover 1
- standard hinged cover 4
- high hinged cover } 6
made of stainless steel,
with 1 cable inlet and screw cover
7
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Resistance thermometers
Low-pressure screw-in resistance thermometers
with connection head, without neck tube
3/78
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Further designs Order code
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify
Order code(s) and plain text.
Different design (mounting length, protec-
tive tube material etc.), specify in plain text.
Y01
TAG plate made of stainless steel
specify TAG No. in plain text
Y15
Calibration carried out at one point, specify
desired temperature in plain text (order
equivalent number of times for several cal-
ibration points).
If optional head transmitters are integrated,
please note that all calibration points are lo-
cated in the set measuring range. If the
points are located outside the standard
measuring range, a Y11 addition is always
required.
Y33
} Available ex stock
To order a temperature transmitter installed in the connection head
and transmitters for SIL applications, see "Temperature transmit-
ters for mounting in the connection head" (page 3/74).
Individual parts: Measuring inserts and connection heads,
see "Accessories".
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Resistance thermometers
Low-pressure screw-in resistance thermometers
with connection head, with neck tube
3/79
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Overview

The low-pressure screw-in resistance thermometer with connec-
tion head and neck tube is suitable for the temperature range
from -50 to +600 C (-58 to +1112 F) and can also be supplied
with a built-in temperature transmitter.
Technical specifications

Dimensional drawings

Low-pressure screw-in resistance thermometer with neck tube,
dimensions in mm (inches)
Design According to DIN 43765:
Screw-in thermometer
Protective tube
Form 2G, DIN 43772; cylindrical, 9 mm
(0.35 inch) diameter, wall thick-
ness 1 mm (0.04 inch)
Loading capacity to 20 bar (290.1 psi) (loading
capacity dependent on material,
temperature, flow rate, mounting
length etc., see DIN 43772 for
details)
Screw socket G; suitable is gasket 21 x 26,
similar to form C or D, DIN 7603
Measuring insert Replaceable, with measuring
insert tube (6 mm diameter
(0.24 inch) made of stainless
steel; terminal block with clamp-
ing springs
Response times (to VDI/VDE 3 522)
In water with flow velocity v = 0.4
m/s (1.31 ft/s)
t
0.5
= 25 s, t
0.9
= 75 s
In air with flow velocity
v = 1 m/s (3.28 ft/s)
t
0.5
= 2 min, t
0.9
= 6.3 min
Explosion protection II 1/2G EEx ia IIC T4/T6
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Low-pressure screw-in resistance ther-
mometer with connection head and neck
tube
Protective tube and screw socket
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 122, mat. No. 1.4571
Protective tube to DIN 43772,
form: 2G
Measuring resistors embedded in ceramic,
one Pt100 measuring resistor: three-wire
circuit, Two Pt100 measuring resistors:
two-wire circuit
Measuring insert not explosion protected
One Pt100 measuring resistor
Mounting length U
1
/
mm (inch):
Weight/
kg (lb):
160 (6.3) 0.8 (1.76) 7 MC 1 0 0 7 - 5 DA 1 7
250 (9.84) 0.9 (1.98) 7 MC 1 0 0 7 - 6 DA 1 7
400 (15.7) 1.0 (2.20) 7 MC 1 0 0 7 - 7 DA 1 7
Two Pt100 measuring resistors
Mounting length U
1
/
mm (inch):
Weight/
kg (lb):
160 (6.3) 0.9 (1.98) 7 MC 1 0 0 7 - 5 DB 1 7
250 (9.84) 1.0 (2.20) 7 MC 1 0 0 7 - 6 DB 1 7
400 (15.7) 1.1 (2.43) 7 MC 1 0 0 7 - 7 DB 1 7
Measuring insert with explosion protection
One Pt100 measuring resistor
Mounting length U
1
/
mm (inch):
Weight/
kg (lb):
160 (6.3) 0.8 (1.76) 7 MC 1 0 0 7 - 5 D E 1 7
250 (9.84) 0.9 (1.98) 7 MC 1 0 0 7 - 6 D E 1 7
400 (15.7) 1.0 (2.20) 7 MC 1 0 0 7 - 7 D E 1 7
Two Pt100 measuring resistors
Mounting length U
1
/
mm (inch):
Weight/
kg (lb):
160 (6.3) 0.9 (1.98) 7 MC 1 0 0 7 - 5 D F 1 7
250 (9.84) 1.0 (2.20) 7 MC 1 0 0 7 - 6 D F 1 7
400 (15.7) 1.1 (2.43) 7 MC 1 0 0 7 - 7 D F 1 7
Connection head, form B,
made of cast light alloy,
with 1 cable inlet and
- screw cover 1
- standard hinged cover 4
- high hinged cover 6
made of stainless steel,
with 1 cable inlet and screw cover
7
Further designs Order code
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify
Order code(s) and plain text.
Different design (mounting length, protec-
tive tube material etc.), specify in plain text.
Y01
TAG plate made of stainless steel
specify TAG No. in plain text
Y15
Calibration carried out at one point, specify
desired temperature in plain text (order
equivalent number of times for several cal-
ibration points).
If optional head transmitters are integrated,
please note that all calibration points are lo-
cated in the set measuring range. If the
points are located outside the standard
measuring range, a Y11 addition is always
required.
Y33
To order a temperature transmitter installed in the connection head
and transmitters for SIL applications, see "Temperature transmit-
ters for mounting in the connection head" (page 3/74).
Individual parts: Measuring inserts and connection heads, see "Acces-
sories".
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Resistance thermometers
High-pressure screw-in resistance thermometers
3/80
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Overview

The high-pressure screw-in resistance thermometer with con-
nection head and neck tube is suitable for the temperature
range from -50 to +600 C (-58 to +1112 F) and can also be
supplied with a built-in temperature transmitter.
Technical specifications

Dimensional drawings

High-pressure screw-in resistance thermometer with neck tube,
dimensions in mm (inches)
Design According to DIN 43765:
Screw-in thermometer
Protective tube
Form 2G, DIN 43772; cylindrical,
11 mm (0.43 inch) diameter, wall
thickness 2 mm (0.08 inch)
Loading capacity to 50 bar (725.2 psi) (loading
capacity dependent on material,
temperature, flow rate, mounting
length etc., see DIN 43772 for
details)
Screw socket G1; suitable is gasket 33 x 39,
similar to form C or D, DIN 7603
Measuring insert Replaceable, with measuring
insert tube (6 mm diameter
(0.24 inch) made of stainless
steel; terminal block with clamp-
ing springs
Response times (to VDI/VDE 3 522)
In water with flow velocity
v = 0.4 m/s (1.31 ft/s)
t
0.5
= 32 s, t
0.9
= 96 s
In air with flow velocity v = 1 m/s
(3.28 ft/s)
t
0.5
= 2.2 min, t
0.9
= 6.8 min
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
High-pressure screw-in resistance ther-
mometer with connection head and neck
tube
Protective tube and screw socket
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 122, mat. No. 1.4571
Protective tube to DIN 43772,
form: 2G
One Pt100 measuring resistor
embedded in ceramic, three-wire circuit
Mounting length U
1
/
mm (inch):
Weight/
kg (lb):
160 (6.3) 0.83 (1.83) 7 MC 1 0 0 8 - 6 DA 1 7
250 (9.84) 0.93 (2.05) 7 MC 1 0 0 8 - 7 DA 1 7
Two Pt100 measuring resistors
embedded in ceramic, two-wire circuit
Mounting length U
1
/
mm (inch):
Weight/
kg (lb):
160 (6.3) 0.86 (1.20) 7 MC 1 0 0 8 - 6 DB 1 7
250 (9.84) 0.94 (2.07) 7 MC 1 0 0 8 - 7 DB 1 7
Connection head, form B,
made of cast light alloy,
with 1 cable inlet and
- screw cover 1
- standard hinged cover 4
- high hinged cover 6
made of stainless steel,
with 1 cable inlet and screw cover
7
Further designs Order code
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify
Order code(s) and plain text.
Different design (mounting length, protec-
tive tube material etc.), specify in plain text.
Y01
TAG plate made of stainless steel
specify TAG No. in plain text
Y15
Calibration carried out at one point, specify
desired temperature in plain text (order
equivalent number of times for several cal-
ibration points).
If optional head transmitters are integrated,
please note that all calibration points are lo-
cated in the set measuring range. If the
points are located outside the standard
measuring range, a Y11 addition is always
required.
Y33
To order a temperature transmitter installed in the connection head
and transmitters for SIL applications, see "Temperature transmit-
ters for mounting in the connection head" (page 3/74).
Individual parts: Measuring inserts and connection heads, see "Acces-
sories".
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Resistance thermometers
High-pressure welding-type
resistance thermometers
3/81
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Overview

The high-pressure welding type resistance thermometer with
connection head and neck tube is suitable for the temperature
range from -50 to 540 or 550 C (-58 to 1004 or 1022 F) and can
also be supplied with a built-in temperature transmitter.
Technical specifications

Dimensional drawings

High-pressure welding-type resistance thermometer with connection
head and neck tube, dimensions in mm (inches)
u
Design According to DIN 43767:
Welding-type thermometer
Protective tube
Form 4, DIN 43772; tapered, for weld-
ing in; with female thread
M18 x 1.5 for neck tube
Loading capacity to 450 bar (6527 psi) (loading
capacity dependent on material,
temperature, flow rate, mounting
length etc., see DIN 43772 for
details)
Neck tube Stainless steel, unscrewable
Measuring insert Replaceable, with measuring
insert tube made of stainless
steel; terminal block with clamp-
ing springs
Response times (to VDI/VDE 3 522)
In water with flow velocity
v = 0.4 m/s (1.31 ft/s)
t
0.5
= 25 s, t
0.9
= 80 s
Explosion protection II 1/2G EEx ia IIC T4/T6
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
High-pressure welding-type resistance
thermometer
Measuring resistor: Winding embedded in
ceramic, protective tube to DIN 43772, form 4
1 Pt100 measuring resistor/three-wire circuit
Measuring insert not explosion protected
- max. 540 C (1004 F), protective tube
13 CrMo 44, mat. No. 1.7335
7 MC 1 0 1 0 - 7GA 2 7
- max. 550 C (1022 F), protective tube X 6
CrNiMoTi 17 122, mat. No. 1.4571
7 MC 1 0 1 0 - 7 F A 2 7
Measuring insert with explosion protection
- max. 550 C (1022 F), protective tube X 6
CrNiMoTi 17 122, mat. No. 1.4571
7 MC 1 0 1 0 - 7 F E 2 7
2 Pt100 measuring resistors/two-wire circuit
Measuring insert not explosion protected
- max. 540 C (1004 F), protective tube
13 CrMo 44, mat. No. 1.7335
7 MC 1 0 1 0 - 7GB 2 7
- max. 550 C (1022 F), protective tube X 6
CrNiMoTi 17 122, mat. No. 1.4571
7 MC 1 0 1 0 - 7 F B 2 7
Measuring insert with explosion protection
- max. 550 C (1022 F), protective tube X 6
CrNiMoTi 17 122, mat. No. 1.4571
7 MC 1 0 1 0 - 7 F F 2 7
Mounting
length U
Protective
tube
length L
Total length
without
connection
head l
5
Weight with
one/two
measuring
resistors
mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) kg (lb)
65 (2.6)
140 (5.5)
305 (12.0) 0.78 (1.7)/
0.79 (1.7)
1
365 (14.4) 0.82 (1.8)/
0.83 (1.8)
2
395 (15.6) 0.85 (1.9)/
0.86 (1.9)
3
200 (7.9)
365 (14.4) 0.95 (2.1)/
0.96 (2.1)
4
395 (15.6) 0.98 (2.2)/
1.00 (2.2)
5
125 (4.9)
200 (7.9)
365 (14.4) 0.95 (2.1)/
0.96 (2.1)
6
395 (15.6) 0.98 (2.2)/
1.00 (2.2
7
260 (10.2) 395 (15.6) 1.15 (2.5)/
1.20 (2.7)
8
Connection head, form B
made of cast light alloy, with 1 cable bushing
and
- screw cover 1
- standard hinged cover 4
- high hinged cover 6
made of stainless steel, with 1 cable bushing
and screw cover
7
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Resistance thermometers
High-pressure welding-type
resistance thermometers
3/82
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Further designs Order code
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify
Order code(s) and plain text.
Different design (mounting length, protective
tube material etc.), specify in plain text.
Y01
TAG plate made of stainless steel
specify TAG No. in plain text
Y15
Calibration carried out at one point, specify
desired temperature in plain text (order
equivalent number of times for several cali-
bration points).
If optional head transmitters are integrated,
please note that all calibration points are lo-
cated in the set measuring range. If the
points are located outside the standard mea-
suring range, a Y11 addition is always re-
quired.
Y33
To order a temperature transmitter installed in the connection head
and transmitters for SIL applications, see "Temperature transmit-
ters for mounting in the connection head" (page 3/74).
Individual parts: Measuring inserts and connection heads,
see "Accessories".
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Resistance thermometers
Flange-type resistance thermometer
with connection head
3/83
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Overview

The flange-type resistance thermometer with connection head
can be installed in tanks and pipelines; it is suitable for a temper-
ature range from -50 to +600 C (-58 to +1112 F) and can also
be supplied with a built-in temperature transmitter.
Technical specifications

Dimensional drawings

Flange-type resistance thermometer with connection head,
dimensions in mm (inches)
Protective tube
Form 2F, DIN 43772; cylindrical, 11 mm
(0.43 inch) diameter, wall thick-
ness 2 mm (0.08 inch)
Material X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 122, mat. No.
1.4571
Loading capacity to 40 bar (580 psi) (loading
capacity dependent on material,
temperature, flow rate, mounting
length etc., see DIN 43772 for
details)
Flange Nominal diameter DN 25, nominal
pressure PN 40
(ASME on request)
Measuring insert Replaceable, with measuring
insert tube (6 mm diameter
(0.24 inch) made of stainless
steel; terminal block with clamp-
ing springs
Response times (to VDI/VDE 3 522)
In water with flow velocity
v = 0.4 m/s (1.31 ft/s)
t
0.5
= 32 s, t
0.9
= 96 s
In air with flow velocity v = 1 m/s
(3.28 ft/s)
t
0.5
= 2.2 min, t
0.9
= 6.8 min
Explosion protection II 1/2G EEx ia IIC T4/T6
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Flange-typeresistance thermometer
With connection head
Protective tube to DIN 43772, form: 2F
one Pt100 measuring resistor: three-wire
circuit, two Pt100 measuring resistors:
two-wire circuit
Measuring insert not explosion protected
One Pt100 measuring resistor
Mounting length/
mm (inch):
Weight/
kg (lb):
160 (6.3) 1.5 (3.31) } 7 MC 1 0 1 7 - 1 F A 1 7
250 (9.84) 1.5 (3.31) 7 MC 1 0 1 7 - 2 F A 1 7
Two Pt100 measuring resistors
Mounting length/
mm (inch):
Weight/
kg (lb):
160 (6.3) 1.6 (3.53) 7 MC 1 0 1 7 - 1 F B 1 7
250 (9.84) 1.6 (3.53) 7 MC 1 0 1 7 - 2 F B 1 7
Measuring insert with explosion protection
One Pt100 measuring resistor
Mounting length/
mm (inch):
Weight/
kg (lb):
160 (6.3) 1.5 (3.31) } 7 MC 1 0 1 7 - 1 F E 1 7
250 (9.84) 1.5 (3.31) 7 MC 1 0 1 7 - 2 F E 1 7
Two Pt100 measuring resistors
Mounting length/
mm (inch):
Weight/
kg (lb):
160 (6.3) 1.6 (3.53) 7 MC 1 0 1 7 - 1 F F 1 7
250 (9.84) 1.6 (3.53) 7 MC 1 0 1 7 - 2 F F 1 7
Connection head, form B
made of cast light alloy,
with 1 cable inlet and
- screw cover 1
- standard hinged cover 4
- high hinged cover } 6
made of stainless steel,
with 1 cable inlet and screw cover
7
Further designs Order code
Please add "-Z to Order No. and specify
Order code(s) and plain text.
Different design (mounting length, protec-
tive tube material etc.), specify in plain text.
Y01
TAG plate made of stainless steel
specify TAG No. in plain text
Y15
Calibration carried out at one point, specify
desired temperature in plain text (order
equivalent number of times for several cal-
ibration points).
If optional head transmitters are integrated,
please note that all calibration points are lo-
cated in the set measuring range. If the
points are located outside the standard
measuring range, a Y11 addition is always
required.
Y33
} Available ex stock
To order a temperature transmitter installed in the connection head
and transmitters for SIL applications, see "Temperature transmit-
ters for mounting in the connection head" (page 3/74).
Individual parts: Measuring inserts and connection heads,
see "Accessories".
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Resistance thermometers
Flange-type resistance thermometer
with reduced response time, with connection
3/84
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Overview

The flange-type resistance thermometer with connection head
with reduced response time can be installed in tanks and pipe-
lines; it is suitable for a temperature range from -50 to +600 C
(-58 to +1112 F). The sensor is also available with a built-in tem-
perature transmitter.
Technical specifications

Dimensional drawings

Flange-type resistance thermometer with reduced response time;
with connection head, dimensions in mm (inches)
Protective tube
Form 3, DIN 43772; cylindrical, 12 mm
(0.47 inch) diameter, wall thick-
ness 2.5 mm (0.1 inch), tapered
towards tip; tip cylindrical over
length of 47 mm (1.85 inch),
9 mm (0.35 inch) diameter, wall
thickness 1.5 mm (0.06 inch)
Material X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 122, mat. No.
1.4571
Loading capacity to 40 bar (580 psi) (loading
capacity dependent on material,
temperature, flow rate, mounting
length etc., see DIN 43772 for
details)
Flange Nominal diameter DN 25, nominal
pressure PN 40
(ASME on request)
Measuring insert Replaceable, with measuring
insert tube (6 mm diameter
(0.24 inch) made of stainless
steel; terminal block with clamp-
ing springs
Response times (to VDI/VDE 3 522)
In water with flow velocity
v = 0.4 m/s (1.31 ft/s)
t
0.5
= 22 s, t
0.9
= 66 s
In air with flow velocity v = 1 m/s
(3.28 ft/s)
t
0.5
= 2.1 min, t
0.9
= 6.5 min
Explosion protection II 1/2G EEx ia IIC T4/T6
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Flange-type resistance thermometer
with reduced response time
with connection head
Protective tube to DIN 43772, form: 3
one Pt100 measuring resistor: three-wire
circuit, two Pt100 measuring resistors:
two-wire circuit
Measuring insert not explosion protected
One Pt100 measuring resistor
Mounting length/
mm (inch):
Weight/
kg (lb):
225 (8.9) 1.5 (3.31) 7 MC 1 0 4 1 - 1 AA 0 7
285 (11.2) 1.5 (3.31) 7 MC 1 0 4 1 - 2 AA 0 7
345 (13.6) 1.5 (3.31) 7 MC 1 0 4 1 - 3 AA 0 7
Two Pt100 measuring resistors
Mounting length/
mm (inch):
Weight/
kg (lb):
225 (8.9) 1.6 (3.53) 7 MC 1 0 4 1 - 1 AB 0 7
285 (11.2) 1.6 (3.53) 7 MC 1 0 4 1 - 2 AB 0 7
345 (13.6) 1.6 (3.53) 7 MC 1 0 4 1 - 3 AB 0 7
Measuring insert with explosion protection
One Pt100 measuring resistor
Mounting length/
mm (inch):
Weight/
kg (lb):
225 (8.9) 1.5 (3.31) 7 MC 1 0 4 1 - 1 E A 0 7
285 (11.2) 1.5 (3.31) 7 MC 1 0 4 1 - 2 E A 0 7
345 (13.6) 1.5 (3.31) 7 MC 1 0 4 1 - 3 E A 0 7
Two Pt100 measuring resistors
Mounting length/
mm (inch):
Weight/
kg (lb):
225 (8.9) 1.6 (3.53) 7 MC 1 0 4 1 - 1 E B 0 7
285 (11.2) 1.6 (3.53) 7 MC 1 0 4 1 - 2 E B 0 7
345 (13.6) 1.6 (3.53) 7 MC 1 0 4 1 - 3 E B 0 7
Connection head, form B
made of cast light alloy,
with 1 cable inlet and
- screw cover 1
- standard hinged cover 4
- high hinged cover 6
made of stainless steel,
with 1 cable inlet and screw cover
7
Further designs Order code
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify
Order code(s) and plain text.
Different design (mounting length, protec-
tive tube material etc.), specify in plain text.
Y01
TAG plate made of stainless steel
specify TAG No. in plain text
Y15
Calibration carried out at one point, specify
desired temperature in plain text (order
equivalent number of times for several cal-
ibration points).
If optional head transmitters are integrated,
please note that all calibration points are lo-
cated in the set measuring range. If the
points are located outside the standard
measuring range, a Y11 addition is always
required.
Y33
To order a temperature transmitter installed in the connection head
and transmitters for SIL applications, see "Temperature transmit-
ters for mounting in the connection head" (page 3/74).
Individual parts: Measuring inserts and connection heads,
see "Accessories".
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Resistance thermometers
Resistant thermometers for damp rooms
3/85
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Overview
The resistance thermometer for damp rooms is suitable for a
temperature range from -30 to +60 C (-22 to +140 F).
Technical specifications

Dimensional drawings

Resistance thermometer for moist rooms, dimensions in mm (inches)
Protective tube Made of stainless steel
Connection head Made of cast light alloy, with
cable bushing; made of plastic on
request
Measuring insert 1 or 2 Pt measuring resistors to
DIN EN 60751, connection in
three-wire or two-wire system,
class B
Degree of protection IP65 acc. to DIN EN 60529
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Resistance thermometer for
damp rooms
stainless steel protective tube
with one Pt100 measuring resistor
0.1 kg (0.22 kg)
} 7MC1027-1AA
with two Pt100 measuring resistors
0.1 kg (0.22 kg)
7MC1027-1AB
Further designs Order code
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify
Order code(s) and plain text.
Different design (mounting length, protec-
tive tube material etc.), specify in plain text.
Y01
TAG plate made of stainless steel
specify TAG No. in plain text
Y15
Calibration carried out at one point, specify
desired temperature in plain text (order
equivalent number of times for several cal-
ibration points).
If optional head transmitters are integrated,
please note that all calibration points are lo-
cated in the set measuring range. If the
points are located outside the standard
measuring range, a Y11 addition is always
required.
Y33
} Available ex stock
To order a temperature transmitter installed in the connection head
and transmitters for SIL applications, see "Temperature transmit-
ters for mounting in the connection head" (page 3/74).
Note:
Additional fitting of head mounted transmitter of SITRANS TH series is
possible.
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Resistance thermometers
Accessories
Measuring inserts, not explosion protected
3/86
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Design
Components (design to DIN 43762)
Measuring insert with resistor,
insert tube with retaining plate,
terminal block with clamping springs and 2 or 3 internal con-
ductors of Cu-Ni sheathed wire for each Pt100 measuring re-
sistor.
The resistance of the internal conductors is stated on the mea-
suring insert if it is greater than 0.2 .
The measuring inserts have a filling of Al
2
O
3
powder which sur-
rounds the measuring resistor and the internal conductors and
results in a high vibration resistance (for temperatures up to
600 C (1112 F). The winding is embedded in a ceramic body.
If the vibrations at the measuring location are greater than nor-
mal, the special vibration-proof measuring inserts should be
used (for temperatures up to 450 C (842 F)). The measuring re-
sistor is embedded in an homogeneous, fused glass body.
Dimensional drawings

Measuring insert for flue gas resistance thermometers, dimensions in mm
(inches)

Measuring insert for low-pressure, high-pressure and flange-type resis-
tance thermometers, dimensions in mm (inches)
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Measuring insert for flue gas resistance thermometer 7MC1000
for temperatures to 600 C (1112 F), stainless steel measuring insert tube
Measuring resistor: Winding embedded in ceramic
Measuring insert not explosion protected
One Pt100 measuring resistor/three-wire circuit
Measuring insert length
mm (inch):
Mounting length of the resistance thermometer
mm (inch):
Weight
kg (lb):
525 (20.7) 500 (19.7) 0.22 (0.49) 7MC1900-1EA
735 (28.9) 710 (28.0) 0.27 (0.60) 7MC1900-2EA
1025 (40.4) 1000 (39.4) 0.32 (0.71) 7MC1900-3EA
1425 (56.1) 1400 (55.1) 0.42 (0.93) 7MC1900-4EA
2025 (79.7) 2000 (78.7) 0.62 (1.37) 7MC1900-5EA
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Measuring insert for low-pressure, high-pressure and flange-type resistance thermometers
Measuring resistor: Winding embedded in ceramic (max. 600 C (1112 F))
Measuring insert not explosion protected
One Pt100 measuring resistor/three-wire circuit
Measuring
insert length
Screw-in ther-
mometer with-
out neck tube,
7MC1006
Screw-in
thermometer
with neck tube,
7MC1007 and
7MC1008
Screw-in
thermometer
7MC1010
Flange-type
thermometer
7MC1017
Flange-type
thermometer
7MC1041
Weight
mm (inch)
Mounting
length
mm (inch)
Mounting
length
mm (inch)
Total length
without con-
nection head
mm (inch)
Mounting
length
mm (inch)
Mounting
length
mm (inch) kg (lb)
145 (5.7) 100 (3.9) 0.15 (0.33) 7MC1910-1JA
205 (8.1) 160 (6.3) 0.16 (0.35) 7MC1910-2JA
275 (10.8) 230 (9.1) 0.17 (0.37) 7MC1910-3JA
315 (12.4) 160 (6.3) 305 (12.0) 160 (6.3) 225 (8.9) 0.18 (0.40) 7MC1910-4JA
375 (14.8) 365 (14.4) 285 (11.2) 0.19 (0.42) 7MC1910-5JA
405 (15.9) 360 (14.2) 250 (9.8) 395 (15.6) 250 (9.8) 0.20 (0.44) 7MC1910-6JA
435 (17.1) 345 (13.6) 0.20 (0.44) 7MC1910-8JA
555 (21.1) 510 (20.1) 400 (15.8) 0.21 (0.46) 7MC1910-7JA
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Resistance thermometers
Accessories
Measuring inserts, not explosion protected
3/87
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Two Pt100 measuring resistors/three-wire circuit
Measuring insert
length
Screw-in ther-
mometer with-
out neck tube,
7MC1006
Screw-in
thermometer
with neck tube,
7MC1007 and
7MC1008
Screw-in
thermometer
7MC1010
Flange-type
thermometer
7MC1017
Flange-type
thermometer
7MC1041
Weight
mm (inch)
Mounting
length
mm (inch)
Mounting
length
mm (inch)
Total length
without connec-
tion head
mm (inch)
Mounting
length
mm (inch)
Mounting
length
mm (inch) kg (lb)
145 (5.7) 100 (3.9) 0.15 (0.33) 7MC1910-1JB
205 (8.1) 160 (6.3) 0.16 (0.35) 7MC1910-2JB
275 (10.8) 230 (9.1) 0.17 (0.37) 7MC1910-3JB
315 (12.4) 160 (6.3) 305 (12.0) 160 (6.3) 225 (8.9) 0.18 (0.40) 7MC1910-4JB
375 (14.8) 365 (14.4) 285 (11.2) 0.19 (0.42) 7MC1910-5JB
405 (15.9) 360 (14.2) 250 (9.8) 395 (15.6) 250 (9.8) 0.20 (0.44) 7MC1910-6JB
435 (17.1) 345 (13.6) 0.20 (0.44) 7MC1910-8JB
555 (21.1) 510 (20.1) 400 (15.8) 0.21 (0.46) 7MC1910-7JB
Further measuring inserts on request.
Supplement the order no. with "-Z", add order code Y01 and specify plain text:
Y01: Different design (mounting length, protective tube material etc. specify in plain text).
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Measuring insert for low-pressure, high-pressure and flange-type resistance thermometers
Measuring resistor: Winding embedded in ceramic (max. 600 C (1112 F))
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Resistance thermometers
Accessories
Measuring inserts, explosion protected
3/88
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Overview
An explosion protected measuring insert is suitable for installa-
tion in a protective fitting and for connection to a certified intrin-
sically-safe circuit of category "ia" or "ib".
The measuring insert may only be used if the protective fitting
has the degree of protection IP20 according to DIN 40050.
Design
The measuring resistor is fitted in a 60 mm (2.36 inch) long stain-
less steel sleeve with an outer diameter of 6 mm (0.24 inch). The
sleeve and the sheath of the supply cable are welded. The
sheath of the supply cable is also made of stainless steel, and
its outer diameter is 5 mm (0.2 inch).
The conductors are made of special copper and are embedded
in highly compacted magnesium oxide powder. The connection
points between the measuring resistor and the conductors are
additionally isolated. The conductors are potted in the terminal
base.
The rating plate is located underneath the retaining plate.
Technical specifications

Dimensional drawings

Explosion protected measuring insert for resistance thermometers,
dimensions in mm (inches)
Measuring temperature -200 ... +450 C (-328 ... +842 F)
The temperature depends on the
maximum measuring current
which can flow in the connected
measuring circuit if an error
occurs.
Resistance of internal conductor Per measuring circuit, i.e. for both
conductors of the two-wire sys-
tem: 0.17 /m measuring insert
Resistance of measuring insert 1000 M at room temperature
Outer diameter of sleeve 6 mm (0.24 inch)
Explosion protection II 2G EEx ia IIC T4/T6
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Measuring insert for low-pressure, high-pressure and flange-type resistance thermometers
Stainless steel measuring insert
Measuring resistor: Winding embedded in ceramic (max. 450 C (842 F)), Outer diameter of sleeve: 6 mm (0.24 inch)
Measuring insert with explosion protection
One Pt100 measuring resistor/three-wire circuit
Measuring
insert length
Screw-in ther-
mometer without
neck tube,
7MC1006
Screw-in ther-
mometer with
neck tube,
7MC1007
Screw-in
thermometer
7MC1010
Flange-type
thermometer
7MC1017
Flange-type
thermometer
7MC1041
Weight
mm (inch)
Mounting length
mm (inch)
Mounting length
mm (inch)
Total length
without
connection head
mm (inch)
Mounting
length
mm (inch)
Mounting length
mm (inch) kg (lb)
145 (5.7) 100 (3.9) 0.15 (0.33) 7MC1913-1AA22
205 (8.1) 160 (6.3) 0.16 (0.35) 7MC1913-2AA22
275 (10.8) 230 (9.1) 0.17 (0.37) 7MC1913-3AA22
315 (12.4) 160 (6.3) 305 (12.0) 160 (6.3) 225 (8.9) 0.18 (0.40) 7MC1913-4AA22
375 (14.8) 365 (14.4) 285 (11.2) 0.19 (0.42) 7MC1913-5AA22
405 (15.9) 360 (14.2) 250 (9.8) 395 (15.6) 250 (9.8) 0.20 (0.44) 7MC1913-6AA22
435 (17.1) 345 (13.6) 0.20 (0.44) 7MC1913-7AA22
555 (21.1) 510 (20.1) 400 (15.8) 0.21 (0.46) 7MC1913-8AA22
Two Pt100 measuring resistors/two-wire circuit
Measuring insert
length
Screw-in
thermometer
without neck
tube, 7MC1006
Screw-in
thermometer
with neck tube,
7MC1007
Screw-in
thermometer
7MC1010
Flange-type
thermometer
7MC1017
Flange-type
thermometer
7MC1041
Weight
mm (inch)
Mounting
length
mm (inch)
Mounting
length
mm (inch)
Total length
without
connection head
mm (inch)
Mounting
length
mm (inch)
Mounting
length
mm (inch) kg (lb)
145 (5.7) 100 (3.9) 0.15 (0.33) 7MC1913-1AB12
205 (8.1) 160 (6.3) 0.16 (0.35) 7MC1913-2AB12
275 (10.8) 230 (9.1) 0.17 (0.37) 7MC1913-3AB12
315 (12.4) 160 (6.3) 305 (12.0) 160 (6.3) 225 (8.9) 0.18 (0.40) 7MC1913-4AB12
375 (14.8) 365 (14.4) 285 (11.2) 0.19 (0.42) 7MC1913-5AB12
405 (15.9) 360 (14.2) 250 (9.8) 395 (15.6) 250 (9.8) 0.20 (0.44) 7MC1913-6AB12
435 (17.1) 345 (13.6) 0.20 (0.44) 7MC1913-7AB12
555 (21.1) 510 (20.1) 400 (15.8) 0.21 (0.46) 7MC1913-8AB12
Further measuring inserts on request.
Supplement the order no. with "-Z", add order code Y01 and specify plain text:
Y01: Different design (mounting length, protective tube material etc. specify in plain text).
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Resistance thermometers
Accessories Welding-type protective tubes,
neck tubes and connection heads
3/89
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Welding-type protective tube
Welding-type protective tube for high-pressure resistance
thermometers to DIN 43 767, without neck tube, without con-
nection head
Tapered shank with cylindrical welding stubs
For measuring insert tube with 6 mm (0.24 inch)
OD female thread M18 x 1.5 (including steel screw plug)
Neck tube
Neck tube for high-pressure screw-in resistance thermome-
ter
Made of stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4571
With threads at both ends
For measuring insert tube with 6 mm (0.24 inch) OD
Dimensional drawings
Connection heads for low and high-pressure resistance thermometers, flue gas and flange-type resistance thermometers

Connection head, form B, degree of protection IP54, made of cast light
alloy, with screw cover, dimensions in mm (inches)

Connection head, form B, degree of protection IP54, made of plastic, with
screw cover, dimensions in mm (inches)

Connection head, form B, degree of protection IP65, made of cast light
alloy, with standard hinged cover, dimensions in mm (inches)

Connection head, form B, degree of protection IP65, made of cast light
alloy, with high hinged cover, dimensions in mm (inches)

Connection head, form B-VA, degree of protection IP65, made of stain-
less steel, with screw cover, dimensions in mm (inches)
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Resistance thermometers
Accessories Welding-type protective tubes,
neck tubes and connection heads
3/90
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Welding protective tube for high-pressure resistance thermometers according to DIN 43767,
without neck tube, without connection head
tapered shank with cylindrical welding stub, for measuring insert tube with 6 mm (0.24 inch) OD;
female thread M18 x 1.5 (including steel screw plug)
Up to 540 C (1004 F)
Protective tube to DIN 43772, form 4 made of 13 CrMo 44, mat. No. 1.7335
Mounting
length U
mm (inch)
Protective tube
length L
mm (inch)
Weight
mm (inch)
65 (2.56) 140 (5.51) 0.3 (0.66) 7MC1905-1GA
65 (2.56) 200 (7.87) 0.5 (1.1) 7MC1905-2GA
125 (4.92) 200 (7.87) 0.5 (1.1) 7MC1905-3GA
125 (4.92) 260 (10.24) 0.6 (1.32) 7MC1905-4GA
Up to 550 C (1022 F)
Protective tube to DIN 43772, form 4 made of 6 CrNiMoTi 17122, mat. No. 1.4571
Mounting
length U
mm (inch)
Protective tube
length L
mm (inch)
Weight
kg (lb)
65 (2.56) 140 (5.51) 0.3 (0.66) 7MC1905-1DA
65 (2.56) 200 (7.87) 0.5 (1.1) 7MC1905-2DA
125 (4.92) 200 (7.87) 0.5 (1.1) 7MC1905-3DA
125 (4.92) 260 (10.24) 0.6 (1.32) 7MC1905-4DA
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Neck tube for high-pressure screw-in resistance thermometer
made of stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4571, with thread at both ends, for measuring insert tube with 6 mm (0.24 inch) OD
Neck tube
length
Total length of the resistance thermometer,
without connection head
Protective
tube length
Weight
mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) kg (lb)
135 (5.31) 395 (15.55) 260 (10.24) 0.14 (0.31) 7MC1906-1AA
165 (6.50) 305/365 (12.01/14.37) 140/200 (5.51/7.87) 0.15 (0.33) 7MC1906-2AA
195 (7.68) 395 (15.55) 200 (7.87) 0.18 (0.40) 7MC1906-3AA
225 (8.86) 365 (14.37) 140 (5.51) 0.20 (0.44) 7MC1906-4AA
255 (10.04) 395 (15.55) 140 (5.51) 0.22 (0.49) 7MC1906-5AA
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Connection heads for low-pressure,
high-pressure, flue gas and flange-type resis-
tance thermometers
Connection head, form B, degree of protection IP54
made of cast light alloy,
with screw cover and with 1 cable bushing,
weight: 0.14 kg (0.31 lb)
7MC1907-1BA
made of plastic,
with screw cover and with 1 cable bushing,
weight: 0.08 kg (0.18 lb)
7MC1907-1BK
Connection head, form B, degree of protection IP65
Weight: 0.3 kg (0.66 lb)
made of cast light alloy,
with standard hinged cover and with 1 cable
bushing
7MC1907-1BF
made of cast light alloy,
with high hinged cover and with 1 cable bushing
7MC1907-1BL
Connection head, form B-VA, degree of protec-
tion IP65
made of stainless steel,
with screw cover and with 1 cable bushing,
weight: 0.65 kg (1.43 lb)
7MC1907-1BV
Accessories
for connection head, form B, degree of protection IP65
Quick-release clamp (degree of protection of
connection head reduced to IP54)
Weight: 0.02 kg (0.04 lb)
7MC1907-1BS
Connection heads with a drilled hole of 15.5 mm diameter (0.61 inch)
instead of the female thread M24 x 1.5 on request.
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Thermocouples
Technical description
3/91
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Design
A thermocouple comprises
The thermocouple element (sensor) and
The mounting and connection parts required in each case.
The thermocouple element is formed by two conductors of dis-
similar metals or metal alloys which are soldered or welded to-
gether at one end, the measuring junction:

Thermocouple element
Function
Measuring principle of the thermocouple element
If the measuring junction is exposed to a temperature different
from that at the free ends of the thermocouple, a voltage (the
thermoelectric voltage, Seebeck effect) is produced at these
free ends. The magnitude of the thermoelectric voltage depends
on the difference in temperature between the measuring junction
and the free ends, and on the combination of materials in the
thermocouple. Since a thermocouple always measures a tem-
perature difference, the free ends of the thermocouple must be
connected to a reference junction (cold conjunction) and held
constant at a known temperature.
Calibration data for thermoelectric voltages and permissible
deviations
The calibration data and the permissible deviations for com-
monly used thermocouples are defined isee Technical Data,
Table "Calibration data for thermoelectric voltages and error
limits").
The thermocouples Cu-CuNi and Fe-CuNi to DIN 43710 are
used for replacement purposes. Thermocouples of class 2 are
supplied as standard. For more accurate measurements, ther-
mocouples are available with half the DIN tolerance or with a test
certificate. The tolerances only apply to the condition upon de-
livery.
During operation at high temperatures, the tolerances of the
thermocouples may change due to absorption of foreign matter,
oxidation or evaporation of alloy components.
Mode of operation
The thermocouples are extended from the connection point to a
point whose temperature is as constant as possible (the cold
junction) by means of extension leads.
The extension leads have the same color code as the associated
thermocouple elements; the positive pole is marked in red.
Correct polarity must be ensured since otherwise large errors
will occur. Up to 200 C, the same calibration data and toler-
ances apply to the extension leads as to the corresponding
thermo-couples.
The influence of temperature changes at the cold junction can
be balanced by means of a compensating circuit, e.g. a com-
pensating box. The reference temperature is 0 (32 F) or
20 C (68 F).
It is also possible to keep the cold junctions at a constant tem-
perature of 50, 60 or 70 C (122, 140 or 158 F) using a thermo-
stat (for several measuring junctions).
The connections from the cold junction to the measuring or pro-
cess instrument are made using copper leads. With energy-con-
suming instruments such as indicators or multipoint recorders,
the complete measuring circuit (thermocouple, extension lead
and copper lead) must be balanced in the operating condition
using a resistor. SITRANS T transmitters and process recorders
for connection to thermocouple elements have a built-in com-
pensating circuit for balancing the effect of the ambient temper-
ature on the cold junction. Lead balancing is not necessary in
this case because of the high input impedance.
Protection fitting/protective tubes
The thermocouple can be protected against mechanical stress
and chemical attack by a ceramic or metal protective tube which
may be mounted using flanges, screwed glands or by welding
into the pipeline or tank. The thermocouple element terminates
in the connection head.
Installation examples with specification of the recommended
thermocouples and protective tube materials are listed on pages
"Technical Data"and "Installation Examples".
Owing to the different operating conditions, no guarantee can be
given for protective fittings. The manufacturer is responsible for
damages and measuring errors caused by wrong installation in
compliance with the General Terms of Delivery if the instruments
have been installed by the manufacturer and if the specifications
for the operating conditions furnished by the customer were cor-
rect and sufficiently detailed.
Thermocouple elements are very compatible since it is almost
always possible to adapt them in shape and size to the particular
problem. The temperature-responsive part is almost point-
shaped. Thermocouple elements are therefore particularly suit-
able for measuring rapidly changing temperatures.
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Thermocouples
Technical description
3/92
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Integration
Instrument combination for measuring and controlling temperature, with thermocouple element as sensor

Installation examples with specification of appropriate thermocouples and protective tubes

Thermocouple Sense
Match
Output
Control
Cold junction with power
supply unit
Catalog FI 01
Electric transmitter
Catalog FI 01
Cold junction thermostat
Catalog FI 01
Electric
digital indicator
digital limit monitor
recorder
Catalog
MP20
Electric
analog indicator
analog limit
monitor
Catalog
MP12
MP12
controller
MP31
Measuring
point
Permissible
operating
temperature
Thermo-
couple
Protective tube
C (F)
A. Iron and
steel works
1. Blast furnace
Hot blast 1000 (1832) Ni Cr/Ni Open protective tube
X 10 CrAl 24,
mat. No. 1.4762, bare
soldering point,
cemented
Crude gas 300 (572) Ni Cr/Ni X 10 CrAl 24,
mat. No. 1.4762,
dished
2. Air preheater
Dome 1200 (2192) Pt 10% Rh/Pt Outside: X 15 CrNiSi
24 19, mat. No.
1.4841,
Inside: KER 710
Exhaust gas 300 (572) Ni Cr/Ni St 35.8, mat. No.
1.0305, seamless,
enamelled
3. Open-hearth furnace
Exhaust gas
ducts
600 (1112) Ni Cr/Ni X 10 CrAl 24,
mat. No. 1.4762,
dished
Checkers 1350 (2462) Pt 10% Rh/Pt Outside: Silicon car-
bide
Inside: KER 710
Melt (for short
periods)
1600 (2912) Pt 10% Rh/Pt Immersion-type ther-
mocouple element of
special design
4. Soaking pit
Furnace cham-
ber
1350 (2462) Pt 10% Rh/Pt Outside: Silicon car-
bide
Inside: KER 710
Exhaust gas
before or behind
recuperator
1000 (1832) Ni Cr/Ni X 10 CrAl 24,
mat. No. 1.4762,
dished; installation
with gas-tight screw
socket
Combustion air
behind recuper-
ator
700 (1292) Ni Cr/Ni X 10 CrAl 24,
mat. No. 1.4762,
dished; installation
with gas-tight screw
socket
5. Pusher, rotating hearth furnace, and other types of rolling mill
furnace
Preheating zone 800 (1472) Pt 10% Rh/Pt
or Ni Cr/Ni
Outside:
Silicon carbide
Inside: KER 710 or
outside: Silicon car-
bide
Inside: KER 610
Heating zone 1250 (2282) Pt 10% Rh/Pt As above
Soaking zone 1350 (2462) Pt 10% Rh/P Outside:
Silicon carbide
Inside: KER 710
Exhaust gas
before air recu-
perator
900 (1652) Ni Cr/Ni X 10 CrAl 24,
mat. No. 1.4762,
dished; installation
with gas-tight screw
socket
Exhaust gas
before and
behind gas
recuperator
700 (1292) Ni Cr/Ni As above or KER 610
Preheated air
behind recuper-
ator
700 (1292) Ni Cr/Ni As above
Measuring
point
Permissible
operating
temperature
Thermo-
couple
Protective tube
C (F)
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Thermocouples
Technical description
3/93
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Installation examples with specification of appropriate thermocouples and protective tubes (continued)
Measuring
point
Permissible
operating
temperature
Thermo-
couple
Protective tube
C (F)
6. Annealing furnace, roller-hearth furnace
Furnace
chamber
800 (1472) Ni Cr/Ni X 10 CrAl 24,
mat. No. 1.4762,
dished
Exhaust gas
duct
600 (1112) Ni Cr/Ni As above
7. Bell-type anneal. furn.
Directly heated
furnace
950 (1742) Ni Cr/Ni X 10 CrAl 24,
mat. No. 1.4762,
dished
Stack for tin
plates
600 ... 900
(1112 ... 1652)
Ni Cr/Ni Special design, bare
thermocouple ele-
ment with thermal
contact plate
Stack for motor-
car body sheet
700 ... 920
(1292 ... 1688)
Ni Cr/Ni As above
Protective gas 650 (1202) Ni Cr/Ni Bare thermocouple
element
8. Sinter belts
(Sucking boxes) 400 (752) Fe/Cu Ni (Jacket thermocou-
ple element)
X 10 CrAl 24,
mat. No. 1.4762
For temperature
maximum com-
puting circuit
400, 500
(752, 932)
Fe/Cu Ni As above, with dou-
ble thermocouple
9. Tinning plants
Palm nut oil,
pickling vat,
tin bath
650 (1202) Ni Cr/Ni St 35.8,
mat. No. 1.0305,
seamless, enamelled
10. Zinc coating plants
Zinc bath 480 (896) Fe/Cu Ni St 35.8,
mat. No. 1.0305,
seamless
11. Heat treatment plants
11.1 In gases
Tempering
furnaces
550 (1022) Ni Cr/Ni St 35.8,
mat. No. 1.0305,
seamless
Annealing in oxi-
dizing gases
containing
sulphur and car-
bon
1050 (1922) Pt 10% Rh/Pt
(Ni Cr/Ni)
Outside:
X 10 CrAl 24,
mat. No. 1.4762,
dished
Inside: KER 710
1200 (2192) Pt 10% Rh/Pt Outside:
X 10 CrAl 24,
mat. No. 1.4762,
dished
Inside: KER 710
Annealing in
reducing gases
containing sul-
phur
1200 (2192) Pt 10% Rh/Pt As above
Annealing in
nitrogen-con-
taining gases
poor in oxygen,
also nitriding
furnaces with
ammonia
1200 (2192) Pt 10% Rh/Pt Outside:
X 15 CrNiSi 24 19,
mat. No. 1.4841,
dished;
Inside: KER 710
11.2 In hardening shop baths
(protective tubes bored from the solid are recommended)
Salt and nitre 550 (1022) Ni Cr/Ni Soft iron,
mat. No. 1.1003
Cyanogen 950 (1742) Ni Cr/Ni Soft iron or
X 15 CrNiSi 24 19,
mat. No. 1.4841
Baths contain-
ing chloride
1050 (1922) Pt 10% Rh/Pt Outside:
X 10 CrAl 24,
mat. No. 1.4762,
Inside: KER 710
Lead baths 1200 (2192) Pt 10% Rh/P Outside: Chromium
nickel alloy
NiCr 60 15,
mat. No. 2.4867,
Inside: KER 710;
bored from the solid
Barium chloride
baths
1300 (2372) Pt 10% Rh/Pt Outside: Chromium
nickel alloy
NiCr 60 15,
mat. No. 2.4867,
Inside: KER 710;
B. Metallurgical
plants (only lim-
ited life time in
molten metals)
Copper melt 1250 (2282) Pt 10% Rh/Pt Outside: X 10 CrSi
29, mat. No. 1.4772,
bored from the solid
Inside: KER 710
Exhaust of
copper melting
furnaces
1300 (2372) Pt 10% Rh/Pt Outside: Silicon
carbide
Inside: KER 710
Brass melts 900 (1652) Ni Cr/Ni X 10 CrAl 29,
mat. No. 1.4772,
bored from the solid
Aluminium melts 700 (1292) Ni Cr/Ni Pearlite iron GG 22,
bored from the solid
Die-casting,
magnesium
700 (1292) Ni Cr/Ni Soft iron,
mat. No. 1.1003,
bored from the solid
Bearing metal,
lead and tin
melting houses
600 (1112) Fe/Cu Ni St 35.8,
mat. No. 1.0305,
seamless, enamelled
Lead foundries 700 (1292) Fe/Cu Ni Chromium nickel
alloy
NiCr 60 15,
mat. No. 2.4867,
bored from the solid
Zinc foundries 480 (878) Fe/Cu Ni St 35.8,
mat. No. 1.0305,
seamless
600 (1112) Fe/Cu Ni Silicon carbide
Exhaust gases
of zinc melting
furnaces
1300 (2372) Pt 10% Rh/Pt Outside:
Silicon carbide
Inside: KER 710
C. Ceramic
industry
Ring kiln for
standard bricks
800 ... 1100
(1472 ... 2012)
Ni Cr/Ni X 10 CrAl 24,
mat. No. 1.4762,
dished
Ring kiln for
clinkers, retort
furnace, tunnel
furnace,
glazing kiln
1200 ... 1300
(2192 ... 2372)
Pt 10% Rh/Pt Outside and Inside:
KER 710
Measuring
point
Permissible
operating
temperature
Thermo-
couple
Protective tube
C (F)
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Thermocouples
Technical description
3/94
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Installation examples with specification of appropriate thermocouples and protective tubes (continued)
Technical specifications
Thermocouple designations to DIN 43710 and DIN IEC 584
Measuring
point
Permissible
operating
temperature
Thermo-
couple
Protective tube
C (F)
D. Glass
industry
1. Glass trough furnace
Checkers of the
regenerative
chambers,
above
1300 (2372) Pt 10% Rh/Pt Outside: KER 530
Inside: KER 710
Checkers of the
regenerative
chambers,
below
600 (1112) Ni Cr/Ni Thermocouple porce-
lain
Lateral walls,
roof, bottom (in
drilled channels
down to 50 mm
below the bath)
1550 (2822)
1400 (2552)
Pt 30% Rh/
Pt 6% Rh
Outside and Inside:
KER 710
Leer 800 (1472) Ni Cr/Ni X 10 CrAl 24,
mat. No. 1.4762,
dished
Annealing
furnace
1200 (2192) Pt 10% Rh/Pt KER 710
2. Pot furnace
1500 (2732) Pt 30% Rh/ Pt
6% Rh
Outside and Inside:
KER 710
3. Gas generators
Crude gas 750 (1382) Ni Cr/Ni X 10 CrAl 24,
mat. No. 1.4762,
dished
Rotary grate
(Grate head)
180 ... 200
(356 ... 392)
For short peri-
ods:
500 ... 1000
(932 ... 1832)
Fe/Cu Ni Special design on
request (to be manu-
factured on site
according to specifi-
cations)
E. Cement
industry Rotary
kilns
Secondary air at
cooler
900 (1652) Ni Cr/Ni X 10 CrAl 24,
mat. No. 1.4762
Hot chamber 900 (1652) Ni Cr/Ni X 10 CrAl 24,
mat. No. 1.4762
Drying chamber 400 (752) Fe/Cu Ni St 35.8,
mat. No. 1.0305, or
similar, enamelled
F. Cellulose
factories
Sulphur
combustion
furnaces, pyrite
burner
to 1500 (2732) Pt 30% Rh/ Pt
6% Rh
Outside:
Silicon carbide
Inside: KER 710
Behind waste
heat boiler
600 (1112) Ni Cr/Ni X 10 CrAl 24,
mat. No. 1.4762
G. Steam
power parts
Water and
steam lines
(screw-in and
welding-type
thermocouple
elements)
Screw-in
thermocouple
element
300 (572) Fe/Cu Ni Sn Bz 6 bronze, to
DIN 1726 (only for air
or water)
Screw-in
thermocouple
element
400 (752) Fe/Cu Ni St 35.8,
mat. No. 1.0305
Screw-in t
hermocouple
element
500 (932) Fe/Cu Ni 113 CrMo 44,
mat. No. 1.7335
Welding-type
thermocouple
element
540 (1004) Fe/Cu Ni 113 CrMo 44,
mat. No. 1.7335
Welding-type
thermocouple
element
570 (1058) Ni Cr/Ni 10 CrMo 9 10,
mat. No. 1.7380
750 (1382) Fe/Cu Ni
(Ni Cr/Ni)
X 8 CrMoNb 16 16,
mat. No. 1.4981
Flue gas 1000 (1832) Pt 10% Rh/Pt Megapyr,
Cr Al 20 5,
mat. No. 1.4767
or
outside: X 10 CrAl 24,
mat. No. 1.4762,
Inside: KER 710 St
600 (1112) (Ni Cr/Ni) St 35.8,
mat. No. 1.0305,
enamelled
Pulverized
coal/air mixture
line
100 (212) Fe/Cu Ni St 35.8,
mat. No. 1.0305,
(with baffle rod)
DIN 43710, release 12.85
Cu-CuNi Type U
Fe-CuNi Type L
DIN IEC 60584
Cu/Cu Ni Type T
Fe/Cu Ni Type J
Ni Cr/Ni Type K
Ni Cr Si-NiSi Type N
Pt 10% Rh/Pt Type S
Pt 13% Rh/Pt Type R
Pt 30% Rh/ Pt 6% Rh Type B
Measuring
point
Permissible
operating
temperature
Thermo-
couple
Protective tube
C (F)
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Thermocouples
Temperature transmitters
for mounting in the connection head
3/95
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Overview

The following temperature transmitters are available for
mounting in the connection head:
SITRANS TH200
Programmable two-wire temperature transmitter (4 to 20 mA),
electrical isolation for resistance thermometers and thermocou-
ple elements.
SITRANS TH300
Two-wire temperature transmitter with HART communication
(4 to 20 mA), electrical isolation for resistance thermometers and
thermocouple elements.
SITRANS TH400
Temperature transmitter with PROFIBUS-PA or FOUNDATION
fieldbus connection, electrical isolation for resistance thermom-
eters and thermocouple elements.
Note:
SITRANS TH200/TH300/TH400 can be fitted instead of the ter-
minal block (not with 7MC2000-.....) or in the high hinged
cover. Additional fitting only possible in high hinged cover.
If using intrinsically-safe temperature sensors any installed
temperature transmitters must also be intrinsically-safe.
Selection and Ordering Data
Detailed information on the transmitters can be found for the re-
spective products under "Transmitters for temperature.

Transmitter to be fitted Order code
To order the sensor with a built-in
temperature transmitter, add "-Z" to
the Order No. of the sensor, and
supplement by the following Order
code:
SITRANS TH200
- without Ex T20
- EEx ia IIC and EEx n for zone 2 T21
- FM (IS, I, NI) T23
SITRANS TH300
- without Ex T30
- EEx ia IIC und EEx n for zone 2 T31
- FM (IS, I, NI) T33
SITRANS TH400 PA
- without Ex T40
- EEx ia T41
SITRANS TH400 FF
- without Ex T45
- EEx ia T46
Customer-specific setting of the
built-in transmitter (specify settings
in plain text)
Y11
1)
1)
For TH400 FF available soon.
SIL2 application
(only in combination with TH200
and TH300)
Y01: SIL2, C20 + Txx
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Thermocouples
Questionnaire for temperature sensors
(resistance thermometers and thermocouples)
3/96
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
General information
Customer: ....................................................................................
Address: ......................................................................................
Contact partner: .........................................................................
Purchasing dept.: ........................................................................ Tel.: ...........................................................................
Sales dept.: ................................................................................. Tel.: ...........................................................................
Process dept.: ............................................................................. Tel.: ...........................................................................
Inquiry:.........................................................................................
Quotation: ....................................................................................
Place and date: ...........................................................................
Operating conditions
1. Application: ......................................................................
(e.g. exhaust gas measurement)
2. Location:...........................................................................
(e.g. pipe bend, tank)
3. Mounting position:............................................................
(e.g. vertical, 45 against flow)
4. Temperature (measuring point): ......................................
Operating temperature:....................................................
Temperature range: .........................................................
5. Medium: ...........................................................................
6. Pressure: ..........................................................................
Nominal pressure: ............................................................
Operating pressure: .........................................................
7. Flow: .................................................................................
8. Vibrations: ........................................................................
9. Miscellaneous: .................................................................
(e.g. vessel or pipe materials, PTFE lining)
Ambient conditions
(e.g. seawater atmosphere, chemical plant)
Definition:.................................................................................
.................................................................................................
.................................................................................................
Special information
1. Mounting of temperature transmitter in connection head:
.........................................................................................
.........................................................................................
2. Packaging regulations: ....................................................
.........................................................................................
.........................................................................................
Miscellaneous
Please additionally provide the following: rough sketch, installa-
tion diagram, section of drawing, photo
Sensor design
1. Measuring element...........................................................
(type and standard) (e.g. Pt100 or TC type K)
1.1. Tolerance:.........................................................................
1.2. Design: .............................................................................
(e.g. Pt100 or 2, 3 or 4-wire system)
1.3. Degree of protection/type of protection: ..........................
2. Protective fitting:...............................................................
2.1. Protective tube: ................................................................
(dimensions/material)
2.2. Mounting: .........................................................................
(dimensions/material)
2.3. Neck tube:........................................................................
(dimensions/material)
2.4. Mounting length/nominal length:......................................
3. Material certificates: .........................................................
4. Connection: ......................................................................
4.1. Connection head/box:......................................................
4.2. Cable:...............................................................................
(dimensions/insulation/standard)
4.3. Other: ...............................................................................
.........................................................................................
5. Tests: ................................................................................
.........................................................................................
6. Accessories:.....................................................................
.........................................................................................
7. Supplementary requirements: ..........................................
.........................................................................................
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Thermocouples
Straight thermocouples
to DIN 43733, with connection head
3/97
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Overview

The straight thermocouple together with a metal protective tube
is suitable for temperatures from 0 to 1250 C (32 to 2282 F) and
can be supplied with a built-in temperature transmitter.
Technical specifications

Dimensional drawings

Straight thermocouple, dimensions in mm (inches)
Design
Straight thermocouple with base-metal element Ni Cr/Ni with metal pro-
tective tube
Thermocouples Ni Cr/Ni type K
Number 1 or 2
Leg diameter 2 ... 3 mm (0.08 ... 0.12 inch)
Insulation of legs Insulating beads
Protective tube Metal
Connection head Form A, DIN 43729; made of cast
light alloy, with one cable bushing
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Straight thermocouple with
Ni Cr/Ni thermocouple (type K)
with metallic protective tube
to 1000 C (1832 F)
X 10 CrAl 24, mat. No. 1.4762
22 mm x 2 mm (0.87 inch x 0.079 inch)
1 thermocouple
Leg diameter 2 mm (0.08 inch)
Weight: 1.1 ... 2.9 kg (2.4 ... 6.4 lb)
Nominal length in mm (inch):
500 (19.7) 7 MC 2 0 0 0 - 1 DC 0 7
710 (28.0) 7 MC 2 0 0 0 - 2 DC 0 7
1000 (39.4) 7 MC 2 0 0 0 - 3 DC 0 7
2 thermocouples
Leg diameter 2 mm (0.08 inch)
Weight: 1.1 ... 3.2 kg (2.4 ... 7.0 lb)
Nominal length in mm (inch)
500 (19.7) 7 MC 2 0 0 0 - 1 DD 0 7
710 (28.0) 7 MC 2 0 0 0 - 2 DD 0 7
1000 (39.4) 7 MC 2 0 0 0 - 3 DD 0 7
to 1100 C (2012 F)
X 18 CrN28, material No. 1.4749
26 mm x 4 mm (1.02 inch x 0.16 inch)
1 thermocouple
Leg diameter 3 mm (0.12 inch)
Weight: 1.3 ... 2.2 kg (2.7 ... 4.8 lb)
Nominal length in mm (inch):
500 (19.7) 7 MC 2 0 0 0 - 1 E C 0 7
710 (28.0) 7 MC 2 0 0 0 - 2 E C 0 7
1000 (39.4) 7 MC 2 0 0 0 - 3 E C 0 7
2 thermocouples
Leg diameter 3 mm (0.12 inch)
Weight: 1.4 ... 2.4 kg (3.1 ... 5.3 lb)
Nominal length in mm (inch):
500 (19.7) 7 MC 2 0 0 0 - 1 E D 0 7
710 (28.0) 7 MC 2 0 0 0 - 2 E D 0 7
1000 (39.4) 7 MC 2 0 0 0 - 3 E D 0 7
to 1200 C (2192 F)
X 15 CrNi Si 24 19, material No. 1.4841
22 mm x 2 mm (0.87 inch x 0.079 inch)
1 thermocouple
Leg diameter 2 mm (0.08 inch)
Weight: 1.7 ... 2.9 kg (3.7 ... 6.4 lb)
Nominal length in mm (inch):
500 (19.7) 7 MC 2 0 0 0 - 1 F C 0 7
710 (28.0) 7 MC 2 0 0 0 - 2 F C 0 7
1000 (39.4) 7 MC 2 0 0 0 - 3 F C 0 7
2 thermocouples
Leg diameter 2 mm (0.08 inch)
Weight: 1.9 ... 3.1 kg (4.2 ... 6.8 lb)
Nominal length in mm (inch):
500 (19.7) 7 MC 2 0 0 0 - 1 F D 0 7
710 (28.0) 7 MC 2 0 0 0 - 2 F D 0 7
1000 (39.4) 7 MC 2 0 0 0 - 3 F D 0 7
To 1250 C (2282 F)
CrAl 205 (Megapyr), material No. 1.4767
22 mm x 2 mm (0.87 inch x 0.079 inch)
1 thermocouple
Leg diameter 3 mm (0.12 inch)
Weight: 1 ... 2.9 kg (2.2 ... 6.4 lb)
Nominal length in mm (inch):
500 (19.7) 7 MC 2 0 0 0 - 1 HC 0 7
710 (28.0) 7 MC 2 0 0 0 - 2 HC 0 7
1000 (39.4) 7 MC 2 0 0 0 - 3 HC 0 7
2 thermocouples
Leg diameter 3 mm (0.12 inch)
Weight: 1.1 ... 3.2 kg (2.4 ... 7.0 lb)
Nominal length in mm (inch):
500 (19.7) 7 MC 2 0 0 0 - 1 HD 0 7
710 (28.0) 7 MC 2 0 0 0 - 2 HD 0 7
1000 (39.4) 7 MC 2 0 0 0 - 3 HD 0 7
Connection head, form A,
made of cast light alloy,
with 1 cable inlet and
- screw cover 1
- high hinged cover 6
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Thermocouples
Straight thermocouples
Individual parts and accessories
3/98
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Straight thermocouple with
Ni Cr/Ni thermocouple (type K)
for temperatures to 1250 C (2282 F);
with metallic protective tube
Further designs Order code
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify
Order code(s) and plain text.
Different design (mounting length, protec-
tive tube material etc.), specify in plain text.
Y01
TAG plate made of stainless steel
specify TAG No. in plain text
Y15
Calibration carried out at one point, specify
desired temperature in plain text (order
equivalent number of times for several cal-
ibration points).
If optional head transmitters are integrated,
please note that all calibration points are lo-
cated in the set measuring range. If the
points are located outside the standard
measuring range, a Y11 addition is always
required.
Y33
To order a temperature transmitter installed in the connection head,
see "Temperature transmitters for installation in the connection
head" (page 3/95).
Installation of a transmitter is only possible here in the versions with a
high hinged cover (7MC2000-....6).
Sensor type setting essential for the function. By default, the transmitter
is supplied with the factory settings for configuration by the customer.
The factory settings of sensor type, measuring range, etc. can be
ordered using option Y11.
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Metallic protective tubes for straight
thermocouple elements according
to DIN 43733
X 10 CrAl 24, material No. 1.4762
;22 mm x 2 mm (;0.87 inch x 0.08 inch),
0.55 ... 1.10 kg (1.21 ... 2.42 lb), dished
Nominal length
in mm (inch):
Protective tube length
in mm (inch):
500 (19.7) 520 (20.5) 7MC2900-1DA
710 (28.0) 730 (28.7) 7MC2900-2DA
1000 (39.4) 1020 (40.2) 7MC2900-3DA
X 10 CrAl 24, material No. 1.4749
;26 mm x 4 mm (;1.02 inch x 0.16 inch),
1.25 ... 2.20 kg (2.76 ... 4.85 lb), dished
Nominal length
in mm (inch):
Protective tube length
in mm (inch):
500 (19.7) 520 (20.5) 7MC2900-1EC
710 (28.0) 730 (28.7) 7MC2900-2EC
1000 (39.4) 1020 (40.2) 7MC2900-3EC
X 15 CrNiSi 25 20, material No. 1.4841
;22 mm x 2 mm (;0.87 inch x 0.08 inch),
1.05 kg (2.31 lb), dished
Nominal length
in mm (inch):
Protective tube length
in mm (inch):
1000 (39.4) 1020 (40.2) 7MC2900-3FA
CrAl 205 (Megapyr), material No. 1.4767
;22 mm x 2 mm (;0.87 inch x 0.05 inch),
0.55 ... 1.10 kg (1.21 ... 2.42 lb)
Nominal length
in mm (inch):
Protective tube length
in mm (inch):
500 (19.7) 520 (20.5) 7MC2900-1HA
710 (28.0) 730 (28.7) 7MC2900-2HA
1000 (39.4) 1020 (40.2) 7MC2900-3HA
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Thermocouples elements for straight
thermocouple according to DIN 43733
Base-metal thermocouple with insulating
beads
Wire diameter 3 mm (0.12 inch)
Ni Cr/Ni, to 1000 C (maximal 1300 C),
(to 1832 F (max. 2372 F))
0.55 ... 2.10 kg (1.21 ... 4.63 lb)
Nominal
length L1 in
mm (inch):
Thermocouple
length L2 in
mm (inch):
500 (19.7) 540 (21.3) 7MC2903-1CA
710 (28.0) 750 (29.5) 7MC2903-2CA
1000 (39.4) 1040 (40.9) 7MC2903-3CA
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Thermocouples
Straight thermocouples
Individual parts and accessories
3/99
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Connection heads
Connection head, form A (without terminal block and terminals)
for protective tube diameter (bore = protective tube diameter
+0.5 mm (0.02 inch))
Mounting accessories for connection heads
Terminal block
Terminal
Set of gaskets
Set of washers
Mounting flange
Threaded sleeve
Dimensional drawings

Mounting flange to DIN 43734 (left) and threaded sleeve (right) for install-
ing straight thermocouples, dimensions in mm (inches)
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Connection head, form A,
(without terminal block and terminals)
1 Cable inlet, degree of protection IP53,
0.35 kg (0.77 lb)
Cast light alloy
fastener, unscrewable
for protective tube diameter in mm (inch)
(bore = protective tube diam. +0.5 mm)
(0.02 inch):
22 (0.87) 7MC2905-1AA
26 (1.02) 7MC2905-1BA
Cast light alloy
high hinged cover
for protective tube diameter in mm (inch)
(bore = protective tube diam. +0.5 mm)
(0.02 inch):
22 (0.87) 7MC2905-4AA
26 (1.02) 7MC2905-4BA
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Mounting accessories
Terminal block without terminals 7MC2998-1AA
for base-metal thermocouples;
0.06 kg (0.13 lb)
Terminal 7MC2998-1BA
for base-metal thermocouples;
0.01 kg (0.02 lb)
Set of gaskets (100 off) 7MC2998-1CA
for the connection head cover;
0.01 kg (0.02 lb)
Set of washers (100 off) 7MC2998-1CB
for the terminal block; 0.01 kg (0.02 lb)
Mounting flange, adjustable; made of GTW
for protective tube outer diameters
22 mm (0.87 inch); 0.35 kg (0.77 lb)
7MC2998-2CB
for protective tube outer diameters
26 mm (1.02 inch); 0.32 kg (0.71 lb)
7MC2998-2CC
Threaded sleeve
Gas-tight up to 1 bar (14.5 psi), adjustable,
materiall No. 1.0718, with gasket;
0.40 kg (0.88 lb)
for protective tube outer diameters
22 mm (0.87 inch), G1
7MC2998-2DB
for protective tube outer diameters
26 mm (1.02 inch), G1
7MC2998-2DC
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Thermocouples
Jacket thermocouples
with extension lead
3/100
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Overview
The jacket thermocouple with extension lead is suitable for a
temperature range from 0 to 700, 1000 or 1100 C (32 to 1292,
1832 or 2012 F); a temperature of 80 to 260 C (176 to 500 F)
is permissible for the extension lead.
Technical specifications

Extension lead
Number of conductors: 2
Conductor cross-section: 0.22 mm
2
(0.00034 inch
2
)
Length: 3 m (9.84 ft)

Dimensional drawings

Jacket thermocouple with extension lead, dimensions in mm (inches)
Thermocouple Ni Cr/Ni, type K, one off
Jacket
Form Outer diameter 0.5, 1.0, 1.5 or
3 mm (0.02, 0.04, 0.06 or
0.12 inch)
Minimum bending radius fivefold outer diameter
Material Inconel; NiCr 15 Fe,
mat. No. 2.4816
Type Max. tem-
perature
Conductor
material
Insulation
C (F) single common
L2SS 180 (356) Ni Cr/Ni Silicon Silicon
L2KK 80 (176) Ni Cr/Ni PVC PVC
L2TGD 260 (500) Ni Cr/Ni PTFE Glass-filament
and external
stainless steel
braiding
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Jacket thermocouple element
with extension lead
Maximum temperature of medium 700 C
(1292 F), jacket outer diameter 0.5 mm
(0.02 inch)
Extension lead type L2KK
Nominal length in mm (inch):
300 (11.8) 7MC2027-2BA10
Maximum temperature of medium 1000 C
(1832 F), jacket outer diameter 1 mm
(0.04 inch)
Extension lead type L2SS
Nominal length in mm (inch):
100 (3.94) 7MC2027-1AA20
300 (11.8) 7MC2027-2AA20
500 (19.7) 7MC2027-3AA20
Extension lead type L2KK
Nominal length in mm (inch):
100 (3.94) 7MC2027-1BA20
300 (11.8) 7MC2027-2BA20
500 (19.7) 7MC2027-3BA20
Maximum temperature of medium 1100 C
(2012 F), jacket outer diameter 1.5 mm
(0.06 inch)
Extension lead type L2SS
Nominal length in mm (inch):
100 (3.94) 7MC2027-1AA30
300 (11.8) 7MC2027-2AA30
500 (19.7) 7MC2027-3AA30
Extension lead type L2KK
Nominal length in mm (inch):
100 (3.94) 7MC2027-1BA30
300 (11.8) 7MC2027-2BA30
500 (19.7) 7MC2027-3BA30
Jacket outer diameter 3.0 mm (0.12 inch)
Extension lead type L2SS
Nominal length in mm (inch):
100 (3.94) 7MC2027-1AA40
300 (11.8) 7MC2027-2AA40
500 (19.7) 7MC2027-3AA40
Extension lead type L2KK
Nominal length in mm (inch):
100 (3.94) 7MC2027-1BA40
300 (11.8) 7MC2027-2BA40
500 (19.7) 7MC2027-3BA40
Extension lead type L2TGD
Nominal length in mm (inch):
100 (3.94) 7MC2027-1CA40
300 (11.8) 7MC2027-2CA40
500 (19.7) 7MC2027-3CA40
Further designs Order code
Please add "-Z" to Order No., and specify
Order code(s) and plain text.
Different design (mounting length, protec-
tive tube material etc.), specify in plain text.
Y01
TAG plate made of stainless steel
specify TAG No. in plain text
Y15
Calibration carried out at one point, specify
desired temperature in plain text (order
equivalent number of times for several cal-
ibration points).
Y33
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Thermocouples
Jacket thermocouples
with connection head, form B
3/101
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Overview

The jacket thermocouple with connection head, form B is suit-
able for the temperature range from 0 to 800 or 1,100 C
(32 to 1472 or 2012 F) and can also be supplied with a built-in
temperature transmitter.
Technical specifications

Thermocouple
Insulation resistance between conductors and jacket:
1000 M/m at 20 C ( 305 M/ft at 68 F)
Minimum bending radius: 5 x outer diameter of jacket
Leak resistance of measuring junction:
Tested at 40 bar (580 psi)

Dimensional drawings

Jacket thermocouple with connection head, form B, made of cast light al-
loy, dimensions in mm (inches)
Thermocouple Fe/Cu Ni, Fe-CuNi or Ni Cr/Ni
Jacket Measuring junction insulated from base of
jacket
Material X 6 CrNiTi 18 10, mat. No. 1.4541
Inconel
Temperature Up to 800 C (1472 F)
Up to 1100 C (2012 F)
Connection head Form B to DIN 43729
Material Cast light alloy
Temperature -30 ... +100 C (-22 ... +212 F) is permissible
Cable inlet For cables up to 15 mm (0.59 inch) diameter
Terminal block Without clamping springs
Thermo-
couple
Jacket No. of
thermo-
couples
Thermo-
couple
wire
diameter
Resis-
tance (for
double
conduc-
tor)
Outer
diameter
Wall
thickness
mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) /m (/ft)
Fe/Cu Ni
(type J)
and Fe-
CuNi
(type L)
3.0 (0.12) 0.42 (0.017) 1 0.54 (0.02) 2.7 (8.9)
0.42 (0.017) 2 0.48 (0.02) 3.5 (11.5)
6.0 (0.24) 0.55 (0.022) 1 1.07 (0.04) 0.66 (2.2)
0.89 (0.035) 2 0.81 (0.03) 1.14 (3.7)
Ni Cr/Ni
(type K)
3.0 (0.12) 0.42 (0.017) 1 0.54 (0.02) 4.3 (14.1)
0.42 (0.017) 2 0.48 (0.02) 5.5 (18.0)
6.0 (0.24) 0.55 (0.022) 1 1.07 (0.04) 1.12 (3.7)
0.89 (0.035) 2 0.81 (0.03) 1.94 (6.4)
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Jacket thermocouple element
with connection head, form B
Fe/Cu Ni type J thermocouple
Jacket made of X 6 CrNiTi 18 10, material No.
1.4541, temperature up to 800 C (1472 F)
1 thermocouple
Jacket outer diameter/mm (inch):
3.0 (0.12) 7MC2021-2CE-Z
6.0 (0.24) 7MC2021-4CE-Z
2 thermocouples
Jacket outer diameter/mm (inch):
3.0 (0.12) 7MC2021-2CF-Z
6.0 (0.24) 7MC2021-4CF-Z
Fe/Cu Ni type L thermocouple
Jacket made of X 6 CrNiTi 18 10, material No.
1.4541, temperature up to 800 C (1472 F)
1 thermocouple
Jacket outer diameter/mm (inch):
3.0 (0.12) 7MC2021-2CA-Z
6.0 (0.24) 7MC2021-4CA-Z
2 thermocouples
Jacket outer diameter/mm (inch):
3.0 (0.12) 7MC2021-2CB-Z
6.0 (0.24) 7MC2021-4CB-Z
Ni Cr/Ni type K thermocouple
Jacket made of Inconel,
temperature up to 1,100 C (2012 F)
1 thermocouple
Jacket outer diameter/mm (inch):
3.0 (0.12) 7MC2021-2LC-Z
6.0 (0.24) 7MC2021-4LC-Z
2 thermocouples
Jacket outer diameter/mm (inch):
3.0 (0.12) 7MC2021-2LD-Z
6.0 (0.24) 7MC2021-4LD-Z
Further designs Order code
Please specify Order code(s) and plain text.
Length L in m (ft)
- 0.25 (0.82) A01
- 1 (3.28) A02
- 5 (16.4) A03
- 10 (32.8) A04
Different design (mounting length, protec-
tive tube material etc.), specify in plain text.
Y01
TAG plate made of stainless steel
specify TAG No. in plain text
Y15
Calibration carried out at one point, specify
desired temperature in plain text (order
equivalent number of times for several cal-
ibration points).
If optional head transmitters are integrated,
please note that all calibration points are lo-
cated in the set measuring range. If the
points are located outside the standard
measuring range, a Y11 addition is always
required.
Y33
To order a temp. transmitter installed in the connection head, see
"Temp. transm. for installation in the connection head" (page 3/95).
Sensor type setting essential for the function. By default, the transmitter
is supplied with the factory settings for configuration by the customer.
The factory settings of sensor type, measuring range, etc. can be
ordered using option Y11.
Example of ordering:
The following is required:
Jacket thermocouple element
jacket made of X 6 CrNiTi 18 10; outer diameter 3.0 mm (0.12 inch);
- with 1 Fe/Cu Ni thermocouple, type J; nominal length 5 m (16.4 ft)
Order as follows:
1 jacket thermocouple 7MC2021-2CE-Z A03
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Thermocouples
Jacket thermocouples
with socket
3/102
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Overview
The sensor is suitable for a temperature range from 0 to 800,
1000 or 1100 C (32 to 1472, 1832 or 2012 F); a maximum tem-
perature of 130 C (266 F) is permissible for the plug connec-
tion.
Technical specifications

Dimensional drawings

Jacket thermocouple with socket; at top with one thermocouple,
at bottom with two thermocouples; dimensions in mm (inches)
Thermocouple Ni Cr/Ni
Jacket
Material X 6 CrNiTi 18 10, mat.
No. 1.4541
Inconel, NiCr 15 Fe,
mat. No. 2.4816
Temperature Up to 800 C (1472 F) Up to 1100 C (2012 F)
Coupling socket
Housing Made of polyamide
Contact Made of temperature-resistant material
Coupling plug See "Jacket thermocouples", "Individual parts";
incorrect connection impossible
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Jacket thermocouple element
with coupling socket
Ni Cr/Ni type K thermocouple
Jacket material No. 1.4541
Temperature of medium 800 C (1472 F)
1 thermocouple
Jacket outer dia./
mm (inch):
Length L/m (ft):
3.0 (0.12) 0.3 (0.98) 7MC2028-1AC31
3.0 (0.12) 0.5 (1.64) 7MC2028-2AC31
2 thermocouples
Jacket outer dia./
mm (inch):
Length L/m (ft):
3.0 (0.12) 0.3 (0.98) 7MC2028-1AD31
3.0 (0.12) 0.5 (1.64) 7MC2028-2AD31
6.0 (0.24) 0.3 (0.98) 7MC2028-1AD41
6.0 (0.24) 0.5 (1.64) 7MC2028-2AD41
Jacket material No. 2.4816
Temperature of medium 1000 C (1832 F)
1 thermocouple
Jacket outer
diameter/mm (inch):
Length L/m (ft):
1.0 (0.04) 0.3 (0.98) 7MC2028-1AC12
1.0 (0.04) 0.5 (1.64) 7MC2028-2AC12
Jacket material No. 2.4816
Temperature of medium 1100 C (2012 F)
1 thermocouple
Jacket outer dia./
mm (inch):
Length L/m (ft):
1.5 (0.06) 0.3 (0.98) 7MC2028-1AC22
1.5 (0.06) 0.5 (1.64) 7MC2028-2AC22
3.0 (0.12) 0.3 (0.98) 7MC2028-1AC32
3.0 (0.12) 0.5 (1.64) 7MC2028-2AC32
6.0 (0.24) 0.3 (0.98) 7MC2028-1AC42
6.0 (0.24) 0.5 (1.64) 7MC2028-2AC42
2 thermocouples
Jacket outer dia./
mm (inch):
Length L/m (ft):
3.0 (0.12) 0.3 (0.98) 7MC2028-1AD32
3.0 (0.12) 0.5 (1.64) 7MC2028-2AD32
6.0 (0.24) 0.3 (0.98) 7MC2028-1AD42
6.0 (0.24) 0.5 (1.64) 7MC2028-2AD42
Further designs Order code
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify
Order code(s) and plain text.
Different design (mounting length, protec-
tive tube material etc.), specify in plain text.
Y01
TAG plate made of stainless steel
specify TAG No. in plain text
Y15
Calibration carried out at one point, specify
desired temperature in plain text (order
equivalent number of times for several cal-
ibration points).
If optional head transmitters are integrated,
please note that all calibration points are lo-
cated in the set measuring range. If the
points are located outside the standard
measuring range, a Y11 addition is always
required.
Y33
Different designs (mounting length, protective tube material etc.)
on request: Add Order code "Y01" and specify in plain text.
(Please order coupling plug separately (see "Individual parts"))
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Thermocouples
Individual parts
3/103
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Other individual parts
Screw nipple
Compression joint
Coupling socket
Coupling plug
Dimensional drawings

Screw nipple with M8 x 1 thread (left) or G (right), dimensions in mm
(inches)

Coupling plug, dimensions in mm (inches)


Compression joint with M8 x 1 or G thread dimensions in mm (inches)

Coupling socket, dimensions in mm (inches)
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Extension lead for
jacket thermocouple with coupling socket
(7MC2028); twisted cores
for Ni Cr/Ni thermocouple, color code: green
Outer diameter 4 mm (0.16 inch)
PVC isolation
7MC2921-1AC-Z
Number of conductors and cross-section:
2 x 0.22 mm (2 x 0.00034 inch)
Temperature range -20 ... +80 C
(-4 ... +176 F)
Outer diameter 4 mm (0.16 inch)
Silicone-silicone isolation
7MC2921-2AC-Z
Number of conductors and cross-section:
2 x 0.22 mm (2 x 0.00034 inch)
Silicone-silicone isolation
Temperature range -40 ... +180 C
(-40 ... +356 F)
Outer diameter 6 mm (0.24 inch)
PVC isolation
7MC2921-3AC-Z
Number of conductors and cross-section:
4 x 0.22 mm (2 x 0.00034 inch)
Temperature range -20 ... +80 C
(-4 ... +176 F)
Outer diameter 6 mm (0.24 inch)
Silicone-silicone isolation
7MC2921-4AC-Z
Number of conductors and cross-section:
4 x 0.22 mm (2 x 0.00034 inch)
Temperature range -40 ... +180 C
(-40 ... +356 F)
Further designs Order code
Please specify Order code(s) and plain text.
Length of extension lead in m (ft)
- 0.25 (0.82) A01
- 1 (3.28) A02
- 5 (16.4) A03
- 10 (32.8) A04
d D l L SW
mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch)
1,5 (0.06) M8x1 8 (0.3) 32 (1.3) 12
3,0 (0.12) M8x1 8 (0.3) 32 (1.3) 12
6,0 (0.24) G 10 (0.4) 48 (1.9) 19
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Screw nipple
for soldering jacket thermocouple elements
The screw nipple has a centering hole and must be
drilled according to the outer diameter of the jacket
thermocouple element.
The thermocouple must be protected from exces-
sive heat when soldering (e.g. by blowing with air).
with M8 x 1 thread, for jacket outer diameter up to
3.0 mm (0.12 inch); 0.01 kg (0.02 lb)
7MC2922-1EA
with G thread, for all jacket outer diameters list-
ed in the catalog, 0.02 kg (0.04 lb)
7MC2922-1FB
Compression joint, gas-tight
Temperature up to 350 C (662 F)
Pressure-tight up to 80 bar (1160 psi)
Subsequent release and movement is not possible,
material X6 CrNi Mo Ti 17122, material No 1.4571;
tapered ring like compression joint
Thread M8 x 1; 0.03 kg (0.06 lb)
- jacket outer diameter 1.5 mm (0.06 inch) 7MC2922-3AA
- jacket outer diameter 3.0 mm (0.12 inch) 7MC2922-3BA
Thread G; 0.04 kg (0.08 lb)
- jacket outer diameter 6 mm (0.24 inch) 7MC2922-3DB
Coupling socket
of jacket thermocouple 7MC2028 (one per element);
for Ni Cr/Ni thermocouple element, type K; 0.05 kg
(0.11 lb)
7MC2922-4BB
Coupling plug
matching the jacket thermocouple 7MC2028 with
socket; one plug is required per thermocouple ele-
ment; for Ni Cr/Ni thermocouple, type K; 0.05 kg
(0.11 lb)
7MC2922-4BD
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Resistance thermometers for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
Resistance thermometers
for installation in pipelines and tanks
3/104
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Overview

The resistance thermometer is designed for installation in tanks
and pipelines as well as for the measurement of temperature
with hygiene requirements. The usual process connections are
available. The rugged design means that it is suitable for a wide
range of process applications in the food, pharmaceutical and
biotechnology industries. The resistance thermometer is also
available with a built-in transmitter. A versatile range of head
transmitters is available for this application.
Design
Pt100 measuring resistor
Stainless steel measuring insert
Replaceable measuring insert
Process connections for food/pharmaceuticals/biotechnology
Hygiene version, design corresponds to EHEDG recommen-
dations
Fast response available with reduced tip
Transmitter can be integrated (4 to 20 mA or PROFIBUS PA)
The resistance thermometer has a replaceable measuring in-
sert. The measuring insert contains either one or two Pt100 mea-
suring resistors which are connected to the base in the connec-
tion head with a two-wire, three-wire or four-wire system. The
change in resistance dependent on the measured temperature
can be recorded by a transmitter and converted into a standard-
ized signal.
Technical specifications

Design Replaceable measuring insert
with connection head and protec-
tion fitting
Connection head Either:
Form B standard, screw cover,
stainless steel 1.4301, IP67
Form B, cover with 2 slotted
screws,
aluminium, IP54, standard
Form B, screw cover,
plastic, IP54 (BK)
Form B, hinged cover with slot-
ted screws,
aluminium, IP65 (BUZ)
Form B, hinged cover with
quick-release,
aluminium, IP65 (BUS)
Form B, high hinged cover with
slotted screw,
aluminium, IP65 (BUZH)
Protective tube Stainless steel 1.4404/316L 6 or
9 mm (0.24 or 0.35 inch) diam.,
optionally with tapered tip, see
Selection and Ordering data for
mounting length U1
Measuring insert Stainless steel, replaceable
Pt100 measuring resistor to
DIN 43762
Rigid design or as jacket element
(mineral-insulated, flexible,
increased vibration resistance)
Accuracy of measuring resistor Class A according to
DIN EN 60751
Integration of transmitter Suitable Pt100 transmitters for
head mounting can be fitted in
the connection head, see Selec-
tion and Ordering data
Process connections DIN 11851 with slotted union nut
Clamp connection to DIN 32676
Clamp connection to ISO 2852
Tri-clamp
Varivent
Sanitary nozzle
Neumo BioControl
Spherical welding-type sleeve
cyl./sph. 30 x 40 mm
(1.18 x 1.57 inch)
Aseptic connections
The gasket is not included in the
standard scope of delivery! Fur-
ther process connections on
request. Process connection
material: Stainless steel
1.4404/316L
Surface properties
Standard Surface roughness Ra < 1.5 m
(5.9 x 10
-5
inch)
Hygiene Surface roughness Ra < 0.8 m
(3.1 x 10
-5
inch)
Welded seam < 1.5 m (5.9 x 10
-5
inch)
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Resistance thermometers for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
Resistance thermometers
for installation in pipelines and tanks
3/105
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Selection and Ordering data Order No. Order code
Pt100 resistance thermometer for food,
pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
7 MC 8 0 0 5 -
7777 0 - 777 0 777
Connection head
Form B, cast light alloy, screw cover,
IP54, cable gland
1
Form B, plastic, screw cover,
IP54, cable gland
2
Form BUZ, cast light alloy, screw cover,
IP65, cable gland
3
Form BUZH, cast light alloy, high hinged
cover, IP 65, cable gland
4
Form B, stainless steel, standard, IP67,
cable gland
5
Special version:
(add Order code and plain text)
9 H 1 Y
Process connection, material 1.4404/316L
Milk pipe union to DIN 11851 with slotted
union nut and nominal diameter/pressure
- DN 25 / PN 40 AA
- DN 32 / PN 40 AB
- DN 40 / PN 40 AC
- DN 50 / PN 25 AD
Clamp connection:
ISO 2852 DIN
32676
Tri-Clamp Outer
diameter
D
/ 25.0 mm CA
DN 25/
33.7/38
DN
25/32/40
1, 1 50.5 mm CB
DN 40/51 DN 50 2 64.0 mm CC
DN 63.5 2 77.5 mm CD
DN 88.9 DN 80 106.0 mm C E
Varivent connection (Tuchenhagen)
- D = 50 mm (1.97 inch),
for Varivent housing DN 25 and DN 1"
KU
- D = 68 mm (2.68 inch),
for Varivent housing DN 40 ... 125
and 1" ... 6"
K V
NEUMO/BioControl with O-Ring
- Size 25 BA
- Size 50 BB
- Size 65 BC
Sanitary nozzle
- DN 25 with hexagon union nut G 1",
mounting length 40 mm (1.57"), diameter
24.8 mm (0.98") incl. O-ring
J A
Welding piece
(sphere diameter 30 x 40 mm
(1.2 x 1.6 inch) long)
L A
Special version:
Type of screwed gland and nominal diame-
ter (add Order code and plain text)
Z A J 1 Y
Protective tube Measuring insert
F1=6 mm
(0.24 inch)
3/3.2 mm,
(0.12/0.13 inch)
miner. insul.
1
F1=9 mm
(0.35 inch)
6 mm (0.24 inch) 2
F1=9 mm
(0.35 inch)
6 mm (0.24 inch)
miner. insul.
3
F1=9 mm
(0.35 inch)
tapered tip
F3=5 x 20 mm
(0.2 x 0.79 inch)
3/3.2 mm,
(0.12/0.12 inch)
miner. insul.
4
Special version:
(add Order code and plain text)
9 L 1 Y
Neck tube length M
80 mm (3.15 inch) 1
145 mm (5.71 inch) 2
Special version:
(add Order code and plain text)
9 N 1 Y
Mounting length U1
15 mm (0.59 inch) B
35 mm (1.38 inch) C
50 mm (1.97 inch) D
100 mm (3.94 inch) E
160 mm (6.30 inch) F
250 mm (9.84 inch) G
400 mm (15.75 inch) H
4 inch J
6 inch K
9 inch L
Special version:
(add Order code and plain text)
Z P 1 Y
Sensor
Thin-film technology:
measuring range -50 ... +400 C
(-58 ... +752 F)
1 x Pt100, class A, three-wire F
2 x Pt100, class A, three-wire G
1 x Pt100, class A, four-wire H
Special version:
(add Order code and plain text)
Z Q 1 Y
Further designs Order code
Add "-Z" to Order No. and
add Order code.
Process connection completely electropol-
ished
P01
Hygiene version
(R
a
< 0.8 m (3.1 x 10
-5
inch))
H01
Certificates
- Roughness depth measurement R
a
certified by factory certificate to
EN 10204-3.1B
C18
- Material certificate to EN 10204-3.1 C19
Specify special version in plain text Y01
TAG plate made of stainless steel
specify TAG No. in plain text
Y15
Test report (at 0, 50 and 100%)
specify measuring range in plain text
If optional head transmitters are integrated,
please note that all calibration points are lo-
cated in the set measuring range. If the
points are located outside the standard
measuring range, a Y11 addition is always
required.
Y33
To order a temperature transmitter installed in the connection head,
see "Temperature transmitters for mounting in the connection
head" (page 3/74).
Selection and Ordering data Order No. Order code
Pt100 resistance thermometer for food,
pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
7 MC 8 0 0 5 -
7777 0 - 777 0 777
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Resistance thermometers for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
Resistance thermometers
for installation in pipelines and tanks
3/106
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Dimensional drawings

Connection heads and process connections, dimensions in mm (inches)
F1
Form B, high hinged cover with
slotted screw, aluminium,
IP 65 (BUZH)
Form B, cover with 2
slotted screws,
Mat. Aluminium, IP 54
Form B, screw cover
plastic, IP 54 (BK)
for cable diam. 9-14
(0,35-0,55)
a
p
p
r
o
x
.

8
4

(
3
.
3
1
)
a
p
p
r
o
x
.

5
9
(
2
.
3
2
)
a
p
p
r
o
x
.

2
5
(
0
.
9
8
)
a
p
p
r
o
x
.

8
1

(
3
.
1
9
)
a
p
p
r
o
x
.

3
0
(
1
.
1
8
) a
p
p
r
o
x
.

1
2
0

(
4
.
7
2
)
a
p
p
r
o
x
.

6
0
(
2
.
3
6
)
M20x1,5
for cable diam. 9-14 (0.35-0.55)
M20x1,5
for cable diam. 9-14 (0.35-0.55)
Form B, standard, screw cover,
stainless steel 1.4301, IP 67
Cable gland
plastic M20x1,5
for cable 7...13
(0.28...0.51)
a
p
p
r
o
x
.

9
0

(
3
.
5
4
)
a
p
p
r
o
x
.

6
5
(
2
.
5
6
)
Neck tube length M up to sealing face
Spherical welding-type sleeve
Sphere 30 x 40 mm (1.18 x 1.57 in)
Varivent connection
50 for Varivent housing DN 25 and 1
68 for Varivent housing DN 40 to DN 125
and 1 to 6
Neuma BioControl
Size 25 D-30.5 diam.
Size 50 D-50 diam.
Size 65 D-68 diam.
Thermowell based on DIN 43 772
Form 2 Similiar to form 3
tapered tip
Tapered nipple with slotted nut
DIN 11 851 or aseptic
to DIN 11 864
DN 25 to 50 (1 to 2)
Clamp connection
to DIN 32 676
or ISO 2852, TRI-clamp
DN 8 to 80 (1 to 3)
Process connections
Connection heads
diam. F1
diam. F1
diam. D diam. D
diam. F1
diam. D
diam. F1 diam. F1
diam. F1
diam. F1
diam. F3
Sanitary nozzle DN25
with hexagon union nut
SW 46
O-ring EPDM
24,8 (0.98) diam.
diam.
M
65 (2.56)
25
(0.98)
M
U
1
M
U
1
M
U
1
M
M
M
U
1
M
U
1
M
U
1
3
U
1
3
U
2
D
D
M20x1,5
U
1
M
L
=
4
0

(
1
.
5
7
)
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Resistance thermometers for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
Resistance thermometers
for installation in pipelines and tanks
3/107
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Schematics

Connection diagram
Pt100 two-wire Pt100 three-wire Pt100 four-wire 2xPt100 two-wire 2xPt100 three-wire
r
e
d
r
e
d
r
e
d
r
e
d
r
e
d
r
e
d
b
l
a
c
k
b
l
a
c
k
y
e
l
l
o
w
y
e
l
l
o
w
y
e
l
l
o
w
y
e
l
l
o
w
y
e
l
l
o
w
w
h
i
t
e
1 2 4 3 1 2 5 4 3 6 1 2 6 1 2 1 3 2 4
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Resistance thermometers for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
Resistance thermometers
with clamp-on system
3/108
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Overview

The innovative and improved clamp-on temperature measure-
ment system offers measuring features that were previously only
achievable using inline techniques.
For pipe diameters of 4 to 57 mm (0.16 to 2.24 inch), option-
ally up to 200 mm (7.9 inch)
Replaceable measuring insert
All common output signals
Intrinsically safe Ex versions
Hygienic design acc. to EHEDG
Benefits
Fast response times and high-precision
Temperature measurements with no dead-leg, turbulence-free
Decoupling of ambient temperature influences, errors in mea-
surement approx. 0.2 %/10K
Can be recalibrated
Cost savings during installation and operation. No welding in,
easy to dismantle for recalibration
Application
The innovative clamp-on temperature measuring system is pri-
marily used for temperature monitoring and process control in
the food and pharmaceutical industries, particulary for steriliza-
tion processes.
It completely replaces the commonly used inline measurement
system, without having any of the inherent disadvantages: open-
ing of pipelines during assembly, high costs for assembly and
qualification of welded connections, flow and hygienic prob-
lems.

Measurement technology is comparable with inline measure-
ments.

Sample application showing pipeline 13 x 1.5 mm (0.51 x 0.06 inch)
made of stainless steel using heat-conductive-compound.
Design
Temperature measurement is carried out over a modified and
quick-response Pt100 measuring element, which is positioned
and insulated over a pipe collar made of heat-resistant plastic.
The measuring insert contains a special temperature sensor tip
made of silver, which is pressed evenly onto the pipeline by
means of a spring.
The compulsory guide of the replaceable measuring insert en-
sures even pressure contact on the pipeline, which ensures a re-
producible measuring result.

Integration
The device either provides the Pt100 sensor signal direct or, in
the version with connection head for the standard signals 4 to
20 mA as well, HART, PROFIBUS PA and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus. This ensures easy integration in an
existing device concept.

Siemens clamp-on Conventional inline measurement
30
30(86)
100(212)
106(223)
120(248)
0(32)
6 5 0
120(248)
119,5(247.1)
Pt100 reference
Inline system
Response times:
T
0.9
= 5 s, T
0.9
= 6 s
Siemens
Clamp-on system
with silver tip
Time [s]
Temperature
C (F)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1 Vibration-locking-screw
2 Mounting screws
3 Process pipeline
4 Temperature sensor
5 Thermal decoupling
6 Spring load
7 Electrical connection
M12
8 Replaceable measuring
insert
9 Heat insulated pipe collar
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Resistance thermometers for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
Resistance thermometers
with clamp-on system
3/109
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Configuration
In order to ensure selection of the right device, it is necessary to
know the pipe diameter of the process tube. For special sizes,
first select the correct collar size and specify the required size in
plain text. Space-saving versions for narrow installation condi-
tions (e.g. pipe bundles) are also available (latch-fastening ver-
sion).
The required output signal can be selected, as described under
"Integration". The cable gland for the stainless steel enclosure
may vary from the standard version. There are a range of intrin-
sically safe versions available for explosion protection acc. to
ATEX, both for gases and for dust. For the correct assignment af-
ter recalibration, both the collar and the measuring insert are
marked with the serial number and pipe diameter. These data
can also be engraved if required. Furthermore, customers can
select the setting for the transmitter, a TAG marking and the op-
tion of 4-wire circuit.
We recommend using heat-conductive-compound.
Programming
PROFIBUS PA versions are connected to the bus and configured
using the SIMATIC PDM operating software.
FOUNDATION Fieldbus devices are configured over AMS. The
HART version can be configured over a handheld or over a
HART modem in conjunction with SIMATIC PDM or AMS.
For 4 to 20 mA devices without HART protocol, a special modem
and the SIPROM T operating software is required. We recom-
mend using the USB version of the modem. The USB interface
also provides the power supply.
Technical specifications

Input
Measured variable Temperature
Measuring range -20 ... +160 C
(-4 ... +320 F)
Measuring resistor 1 x Pt100 acc. EN 60751, Class A
in 3-wire version
Output
Sensor signal Pt100
Current signal 4 ... 20 mA
HART 4 ... 20 mA, digitally superim-
posed HART signal
PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION
Fieldbus
Digital bus signal
Measuring accuracy
Response time/accuracy (see sam-
ple application under "Applica-
tions")
T
0.9
= 6 s / approx. 0.5 C (0.9F),
standard version
Reference conditions
Pipeline 13 x 1.5 mm (0.51 x 0.06 inch)
made of stainless steel using
heat-conductive-compound.
Ambient temperature 20 C (68 F)
Medium water, 120 C (248 F)
Flow rate 3 m/s (9.84 ft/s)
Conditions of use
Nominal pipe diameters Suitable for all common nominal
pipe diameters 4 57 mm
(0.16 2.24 inch).
Special versions up to 200 mm
(7.87 inch) possible (tension
band version)
Degree of protection IP65 acc. to EN 60529
(IP65 for pipe collar and IP67 for
electrical connection)
Design
Electrical connection Connector M12 x 1.5 for direct
sensor signal
Connection head made of stain-
less steel Mat. No. 1.4305 with
polyamide cable gland for cable
diameter 3 6.5 mm
(0.12 0.26 inch)
Weight
Versions with round connector
M12
- Pipe diameter 4 17.2 mm
(0.16 0.7 inch)
Approx. 100 g (0.22 lb)
- Pipe diameter 18 38 mm
(0.7 1.5 inch)
Approx. 200 g (0.44 lb)
- Pipe diameter 38 57 mm
(1.5 2.24 inch)
Approx. 250 g (0.55 lb)
Versions with stainless steel con-
nection head
- Pipe diameter 13.5 17.2 mm
(0.53 0.7 inch)
Approx. 300 g (0.66 lb)
- Pipe diameter 18 38 mm
(0.7 1.5 inch)
Approx. 400 g (0.88 lb)
- Pipe diameter 38 57 mm
(1.5 2.24 inch)
Approx. 450 g (0.99 lb)
Measuring insert Special measuring insert made
of stainless steel; hygienic de-
sign
Measuring element made of sil-
ver, thermal decoupling through
plastic insert
Measuring insert screwed into
collar with spring load. Use
heat-conductive-compound
(see accessories) prior to
mounting the device.
Pipe collar
Material Temperature resistant high-per-
formance plastic with integrated
insulating system in the hygienic
design
Ambient temperature influence Approx. 0.2 %/10 K
Certificates and approvals (avail-
able soon)
Explosion protection ATEX
EC type test certificate
Type of protection "intrinsic safety i" II 1 G Ex ia IIC T6/T5/T4
II 2 G Ex ib IIC T6/T5/T4
II 1 D Ex iaD 20 T89C
II 2 D Ex ibD 21 T121C
Interface U
i
30 V, P
i
200 mW
C
i
and L
i
are negligibly small.
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Resistance thermometers for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
Resistance thermometers
with clamp-on system
3/110
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
1)
Special sizes for pipe outer diameters: In order to process "Z0" special
sizes, the following two additional items of information are essential:
- the required diameter specified in plain text under "K1Y"
- Selection of the corresponding pipe collar or latch fastener size
Order codes "S11" to "S23")
Selection and Ordering data Order no. Order code
Pipe collar Pt100 thermometer 7 MC 8 0 1 6 - 0 777 0 777
Type of connection
Connector M12 x 1 A
Connection head form B, stainless
steel
B
Outer pipe;
mm (inch)
Collar size; mm
(inch)
4 (0.16)
50 x 35 x 20
(1.97 x 1.38 x 0.79)
A1
6 (0.24) B1
6,35 (0.25) C1
8 (0.31) D1
9,35 (0.37) E1
10 (0.39) F1
10,2 (F) G1
10,3 (0.41) H1
12 (0.47) J 1
12,7 (0.50) K1
13 (0.51) L1
13,5 (0.53) M1
13,7 (0.54) N1
14 (0.55) P1
15,88 (0.62) Q1
16 (0.63) R1
17,2 (0.68) S1
18,0 (0.71)
70 x 70 x 20
(2.76 x 2.76 x 0.79)
A2
19,0 (0.74) B2
19,05 (0.75) C2
20,0 (0.79) D2
21,3 (0.84) E2
22,0 (0.87) F2
23,0 (0.90) G2
24,0 (0.94) H2
25,0 (0.98) J 2
25,4 (1.00) K2
26,7 (1.05) L2
26,9 (1.06) M2
28,0 (1.10) N2
29,0 (1.14) P2
30,0 (1.18) Q2
31,8 (1.25) R2
32,0 (1.26) S2
33,4 (1.31) T2
33,7 (1.33) U2
34,0 (1.34) V2
35,0 (1.38) W2
36,0 (1.42) X2
38,0 (1.49) Y2
38,1 (1.50)
90 x 85 x 20
(3.54 x 3.35 x 0.79)
A3
41,0 (1.61) B3
42,4 (1.67) C3
44,5 (1.75) D3
48,3 (1.90) E3
50,8 (2.00) F3
53,0 (2.09) G3
54,0 (2.13) H3
57,0 (2.24) J 3
Special size
1)
Z0 K1 Y
Selection and Ordering data Ord. code
Further designs
Add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order Code.
Transmitter (only connection type available: connec-
tion head)
TH100 T10
TH100 Ex T11
TH200 T20
TH200 Ex T21
TH300 T30
TH300 Ex T31
TH400 PA T40
TH400 PA Ex T41
TH400 FF T45
TH400 FF Ex T46
Customer-specific setting of the built-in transmitter (spec-
ify settings in plain text)
Y11
(for technical specifications of the transmitter, see chapter
"SITRANS T measuring instruments for temperature")
Other cable gland (only for connection head)
Polyamide for cable diameter
4,5 10 mm (0.18 0.39 inch)
K02
Stainless steel for cable diameter
3 6,5 mm (0.12 0.25 inch)
K03
Round connector M12 x 1 K11
With explosion protection "Intrinsic safety" (available
soon)
II 1G Ex ia IIC T6/T5/T4 E11
II 2G Ex ib IIC T6/T5/T4 E12
II 1 D Ex iaD 20 T89C E13
II 2 D Ex ibD 21 T121C E14
Deviating pipe;
mm (inches)
Collar size;
mm (inch)
4 17,9 (0.16 0.70) 50 x 35 (1.97 x 1.38) S11
18 38 (0.71 1.49) 70 x 70 (2.76 x 2.76) S12
38,1 57 (1.5 2.24) 90 x 85 (3.54 x 3.35) S13
Larger nominal diameters on request S19
Space-saving mounting (latch fastening)
Outer pipe; mm (inch):
6 17,2 (0.24 0.68) S21
18 35 (0.71 1.38) S22
38 50,8 (1.45 2.00) S23
Further Options
Assignment marking, engraving instead of adhesive label
(Serial number and pipe diameter on plug and plastic
block)
L11
Sensor 4-wire connection L14
Heat-conductive-compound, silicone-free, syringe 3 g L15
Suffixes
Please add "-Z" to Order No. and specify Order code(s)
and plain text.
Different design specify in plain text Y01
TAG plate made of stainless steel (specify TAG No. in plain
text)
Y15
Test report at 50 % and 100 % (specify the measuring
range in plain text)
If optional head transmitters are integrated, please note
that all calibration points are located in the set measuring
range. If the points are located outside the standard mea-
suring range, a Y11 addition is always required.
Y33
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Resistance thermometers for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
Resistance thermometers
with clamp-on system
3/111
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
C) Subject to export regulations AL:N, ECCN: EAR99
D) Subject to export regulations AL:N, ECCN: EAR99H
Power supply units see "SITRANS I supply units and isolation amplifiers.
Schematics
Connection diagram for round connector M12 x 1, 4-pole
Connection diagram for connection head or cable gland
Selection and Ordering data Order No.
Accessories
Modem for SITRANS TH100 and TH200
incl. parameterization software SIPROM T
With USB connection 7NG3092-8KU
With RS 232 connection C) 7NG3092-8KM
HART modem
With RS 232 connection D) 7MF4997-1DA
With USB connection D) 7MF4997-1DB
SIMATIC PDM operating software,
see "Communication and Software"
CD for measuring instruments for temperature
wiht documentation in German, English, French,
Spanisch, Italian, Portuguese and SIPROM T
parameterization software
A5E00364512

4 3
2 1
Pt100
3-wire version
R
e
d
R
e
d
Pt100
3-wire version
Siemens AG 2010
Temperature Measurement
Resistance thermometers for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
Resistance thermometers
with clamp-on system
3/112
Siemens FI 01 2011
3
Dimensional drawings
Resistance thermometers in clamp-on technique, connector, connection
head, cable gland, versions, dimensions in mm (inch)

m
a
x
.

2
9

(
1
.
1
4
) c
a
.

6
8
,
5

(
2
.
7
0
)
5
1

(
2
.
0
0
)
60 (2.36)
19
(0.75)
37 (1.46)
2
0

(
0
.
7
9
)
H
2
0

(
0
.
7
9
)
2
7
,
5

(
1
.
0
8
)
3

.
.
.

6

(
0
.
1
2

.
.
.

0
.
2
4
)
B
A
B
C
C
11,5 (0.45)
Pipe diameter A B C H
4 ... 17,2 20 30 35 79
(0.16 ... 0.68) (0.79) (1.18) (1.38) (3.11)
18 ... 38 30 40 70 99
(0.71 ... 1.49) (1.18) (1.57) (2.76) (3.90)
38,1 ... 57 40 50 85 119
(1.50 ... 2.24) (1.57) (1.97) (3.35) (4.68)
Pipe diameter B C
6 ... 17,2 30 35
(0.24 ... 0.68) (1.18) (1.38)
18 ... 35 40 60
(0.71 ... 1.38) (1.57) (2.36)
38 ... 50,8 50 80
(1.50 ... 2.00) (1.97) (3.15)
Round connector
M12x1
Mounting screws
M = 4 Nm
Locking screw
M = 4 Nm
Pipeline
4 ... 57 (0.16 ... 2.24)
Standard version Latch fastener version
Pipeline
6 ... 52 (0.24 ... 2.05)
Mounting screw
M = 4 Nm
Latch-fastener
Connection head made of
stainless steel, IP67
Connector
M12x1
Cable gland
M12x1.5 for cable diameters
3 ... 6,5 (0.12 ... 0.26)
Cable gland
M16x1.5 for cable diameters
4.5 ... 10 (0.18 ... 0.39)
P
i
p
e

r
a
d
i
u
s
Siemens AG 2010